P. 1
Blues Guitar

Blues Guitar

|Views: 30|Likes:
Published by Lee Shi Hong
-
-

More info:

Categories:Topics, Art & Design
Published by: Lee Shi Hong on Jul 27, 2013
Copyright:Attribution Non-commercial

Availability:

Read on Scribd mobile: iPhone, iPad and Android.
download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
See more
See less

12/20/2013

pdf

text

original

Sections

  • E-major Revisited
  • Blues in D
  • Blues in C
  • Blues Guitar - Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E
  • Blues Guitar - Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds - the turnaround chord
  • C7
  • Lesson 4B: Blues Guitar - E-Shuffle
  • The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle
  • Blues Guitar - Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E
  • Muddy Boogie
  • Trip of the Day
  • Rocking Baby
  • Blues Guitar - Lesson 13: 16-bar blues
  • With a Taste of Onion
  • You Nearly Got Me
  • Monotone Bass in A
  • Instrumental in A
  • A-
  • Blues Guitar Lesson 24 - 8-bar blues
  • 8-bar blues in E
  • 8-bar Blues in E
  • Come Back Baby
  • Pony Blues
  • Mississippi Blues
  • Tritone Blues - Part 1
  • D-major
  • Dropped D-Tuning
  • See See Rider
  • G-major
  • Blues in G
  • Rev. Gary Davis Was Funny That Way
  • C C Rider
  • C-major
  • Blues Rag in C
  • Diddie Has Something There
  • The Flat Five Substitution - part 1
  • The Flat Five Substitution - part 2
  • The Flat Five Substitution - part 3
  • Turnaround - Lesson 3 Part 1

Blues Guitar - By Olav Torvund

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

Files in PDF format
I have made many of the files available in .pdf format, in addition to graphic and Finale format. You will need Acrobat Reader to view these files. They are optimized for printing rather than viewing on screen. I have done this with the files I had in original format (I did not have all of them).

Introduction

Blues Guitar - Overview
Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Introduction 12 bar blues in Emajor 12 bar blues in Amajor E-major revisited Some other blues progressions

Some fingerpicking challenges More examples in E and A Some theory: The tritone, dim and the 7 chord. Blues in D Introduction to open tuning - Open D Blues in G

Bottleneck/Slide Guitar Blues in C Minor Blues Jazzier blues moveable chords in F, Bb and Eb The circle of fifths have you noticed the sequence of the keys?

The 12 bar blues progression in E-major
q

Retailers:

q

q

q

q

If you like the site, give me your vote:

q q q

New Lessons
q q

1 -The Basic Chord Structure 1 B - Another version of the basic lesson 2 -Some variations of the 12 bar form 3 - The turnaround chord 3B - The importance of rhythm - some damping techniques 4 - The shuffle 4B - E-Shuffle 4C - The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle

q

q q

q q

q

q

q

5 -The harmonized shuffle 6 -The treble shuffle 7 -Some other shuffle style licks – Boom Boogie 7B -Muddy Boogie 8 - A turnaround chord sequence 9 - The turnaround lick 10 - The "fill in" – Part 1 * Part 2 11 - The Boogie bass line - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 - Boom Boogie * Part 5 Muddy Boogie * Part 6 - The Trip of The Day

q

q

q

q

q

q

12 - An introduction to blues fingerpicking 12B Monotone bass fingerpicking – Rocking Baby 13 - 16-bar blues 13B - Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions - Power Chords 13C - With A Taste of Onion 13D - You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water

Blues for Beginners So you'd like to ... Teach yourself how to play blues guitar The Greatest Blues Guitarists of All-Time Great Electric Blues Guitarists The Country Blues The Delta Blues Downhome Blues Chicago Blues for

q q

q

q

q

Open C Tuning Silent Night in Open C Tuning Minor Blues Reading Music - Lesson 3 Reading Music - Reading Chords Blues Turnarounds A Chord Excercise jazzy 7th

Blues in A-major

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/index.asp (1 of 3)07.01.2005 04:01:53

Blues Guitar - By Olav Torvund

q

chords Open Chords

q

q

Sign up for the Newsletter to get information on new lessons. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

q

q

14 - 12 bar blues progression in A 14B: Rocking Bill 15 - Fingerpicking with monotone bass in A 15B - Betty Blues

q

q

q

15C Fingerpicking Instrumental in A 16 - The "Long A" and "moveable C7" chord 17 - A shuffle solo

q

q

q

18 - The minor pentatonic scale - a simplified blues scale 19 - The "Blue notes" - the blues scale 20 - The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale

beginners Essential Chess Blues Library 15 Essential Blues CDs (And A Great Place To Begin) Blues/Rock Essentials Learning Blues Guitar

E-major Revisited
q

21 - Blues scale in E

q

22 - The minor pentatonic scale in E and A, all positions

q

23 - The moveable D / D7 shapes

Some Other Blues Progressions
q

8-bar blues – 8bar Blues in E

q

8-bar blues in A – Key to The Highway

q

8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby

Some fingerpicking challenges in E and A
q

Pony Blues / M&O Blues

q

Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues

The Power of the Tritone, dim and the 7 chord.
q

Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3

q

Tritone Blues - Part 4 Kansas City

Blues in D
q

The basics: 12-bar and chords

q

Dropped D tuning, Alternating bass, See See Rider

Blues in G
q q

The basics: 12-bar and chords A 12 bar blues in G.

q q

G-Boogie Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way

Blues in C
q q

C C Rider Cocaine Blues

q q

Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There

Minor Blues Minor Blues - Lesson 1, Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Jazzier blues - moveable chords in F, Bb and Eb 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The Flat Five Substitution - part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 Add the m7 chord Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3* Part 4

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/index.asp (2 of 3)07.01.2005 04:01:53

Blues Guitar - By Olav Torvund

A Turaround Lesson Turnaround - Lesson 1, part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Turnaround - Lesson 2, part 1 * Part 2 Turnaround - Lesson 3, part 1 * Part 2

Introduction to open tuning - Open D That's No Way To Get Along the Train Bottleneck/Slide Guitar Roll and Tumble Walking Black Mama

The circle of fifths - have you noticed the sequence of the keys? Great blues-guitar players - guides for those who want to play their styles These are annotated lists of books, records and videos for those of you who want to learn more about the playing styles of some of the great blues-men. (Sorry, ladies. There are not many ladies in the history of blues guitar. Memphis Minnie is the only one that comes to my mind, and I do not know any material devoted to her playing.) Robert Johnson Lonnie Johnson Big Bill Broonzy Blind Blake Rev Gary Davis B. B. King Eric Clapton

Books and videos on Blues Guitar.

Main Book Menu

Beginning Blues Guitar ** Acoustic Blues ** Electric Blues ** Acoustic Texas Blues ** Electric Texas Blues ** Delta Blues Guitar ** From the Delta to Chicago ** East Coast Blues ** Chicago Blues ** Fingerpicking Blues ** Lead Guitar ** Bottleneck / Slide Guitar ** Jazz Blues ** Scales, Chords etc ** Blues Songbooks ** Individual artists** Masters of Country Blues - DVD series

Introduction

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/index.asp (3 of 3)07.01.2005 04:01:53

Blues Guitar – Minor Blues - Lesson 1, Part 1

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

Blues Guitar – Minor Blues - Lesson 1, Part 1
C-Major Diddie Has Something There Minor Blues Lesson 1, Part 2

You can subsitute all major chords in a 12-bar blues with the parallel minor chords, and voila: You get a minor blues. In the key A-minor, a 12-bar blues Type 1 would be like this:

Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

I have not included a turnaround chord, which would be an Em7 if we should stick to minor chords througout the tune. But as there are no tritone in the m7 chord, it does not have the turnaround effect. It is the tritone in the V7 chord that calls for a resolution to the I chord, which has the turnaround effect. Some examples of tunes played with this progression are: CD Main link goes to Amazon US, Amazon UK link in parenthesis)

Artist

Tune

Key

Source

Comments An Otis Rush tune. The middle (shuffle section) modulates to major, and then it modulates back to minor.

If you like the site, give me your vote:

All Your Love Eric Clapton (I Miss Loving)

Am

John Mayall and the Bluesbreaker (UK)

The Bluesmen (from Musicroom)

Otis Rush Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

All Your Love (I Miss Loving)

F#m

Guitar White Pages

I have not written out any arrangements in this lesson, as it is the chord progression and not a particular playing style that is covered. Instead I have included backing tracks in various keys and styles. The minor pentatonic scale should be the basis for your soloing over these progressions. Backing Track - MinorBlues-1 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 1: Minor chords only, i chord in bar 2, no turnaround. Download all files in on zip-file 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-1.asp (1 of 2)07.01.2005 04:01:55

Part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:01:55 . Download all files in on zip-file 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C-Major Diddie Has Something There Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Minor Blues Lesson 1.Blues Guitar – Minor Blues .net I appreciate comments http://www.Lesson 1.01. Part 1 If we write the similar progression as a Type 2 progression. it would be like this: Here are some backing tracks to practise with.torvund.MinorBlues-2 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 2: Minor chords only.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-1. iv chord in bar 2.asp (2 of 2)07. no turnaround. Backing Track .

so it might be an idea to review them before you continue. and give them these strange root notes. If we take the root out of the E7. As pointed out in the Blues Guitar . The chords will then be E7. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.01.2005 04:01:58 . It will typically end on a V7-chord. http://www.torvund.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E. D#7 and D7. the sequence will be: If you like the site.lesson. and a turnaround lick in Blues Guitar . and return to the I-chord.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . But it will often function as an E7. which will be resolved by the I-chord at the beginning of the next verse. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: E G#dim Gdim F#dim E Written in tablature. Play the same sequence of chords as real 7th chords with the root. We start from a I-chord. part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-1.the turnaround chord . We will start from where we ended in these lessons. You can find one example of a turnaround chord sequence in E in the lesson Blues Guitar .Lesson 1. part 1 The Minor 7th Chord Part 4 Turnaround .Lesson 1.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . The chords we will be using in addition to the E.Lesson 1 Part 2 The turnaround takes you from the end of one verse to the beginning of the next. do some melodic and/or harmonic embellishments. We start in the key of E-major. are three diminished chords: G#dim. Here I will start with a few chord sequences that can be the basis for many turnaround licks.asp (1 of 3)07. and listen carefully. and it will often be notated as E7. in case you have not been following the Blues Guitar Series. we have to recapitulate. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites You may ask why I call them diminished. we are left with a G#dim chord. From there the second part goes to the V7-chord.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence. Before going more into turnaround. the blues turnaround usually has two parts: The first part takes place from the first beat of bar 11 to the first beat of bar 12. Isn't the G#dim just the E7 in a D7-shape moved up two frets? The answer is a kind of yes and no. Gdim and F#dim.

Blues Guitar – Turnaround . E . http://www. But listen carefully to the subtle differences between the three chord sequences E . part 1 E E7 D#7 D7 E I think they sound better as dim chords.D7 . which means that I do not want them to function as 7th chords in this context.Lesson 1. Edim7 and D#dim7. I am telling you what kind of chords I prefer to use in this context.F#dim .E7 . What is right for you is right.Edim7 D#dim7 .E#dim7 . It will then be E#dim7.Gdim . E E#dim7 Edim7 D#dim7 E There is no right or wrong here. If I should make them into some kind of 7th chords.E.G#dim . Your ears decide what you like.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-1.asp (2 of 3)07.E.torvund.2005 04:01:58 . I prefer the dim7 in this contxt.01.E and E .D#7 .

net I appreciate comments http://www.2005 04:01:58 . part 1 More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .asp (3 of 3)07.01.torvund.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar .Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 The Minor 7th Chord Part 4 Further references Turnaround .Lesson 1.Lesson 1 Part 2 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-1.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .the turnaround chord Blues Guitar .

So I give no promises on when it will be finished .Introduction Lesson 1 The 12 bar blues in E When I was a law student. and a 2nd edition was published in 1990. But look back to this page from time to time. The outline is a reading list with reference to underlying documents.torvund.2005 04:02:00 . and see if some of the headlines in the outline has turned into active links. And since it was published in Norwegian only. it would probably be of little use for the majority of you anyway. Other parts have to be written from scratch.and my own learning is the major inspiration for the work.Blues Guitar .asp07. Eventually I collected and edited the material I used in my teaching. and still I learn a lot from having to work with it .Introduction Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Introduction. So do not expect me to start at the top of the outline and include new material in sequence . and there might be more than one reading list that utilizes the same material. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.01. and other periods where I do not touch it at all. and some is almost ready for the net. Some of the material has already been on the net for a while. It is fun to write about music. The book was revised. The book was published for the first time in 1980. I have decided to make the content of the book available on the net. I used to teach blues guitar to help support my living. I know from experience that there will be periods where I work a lot on this project. Lesson 1 The 12 bar blues in E Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. even if it is fun. and published it as a book. along with material that I now think should have been in the book and material from books that was never written. But it takes time.even though the sequence is meant to be a recommended sequence for studying the material.if it ever will. But the book has long been out of print.

To play the blues in it's simplest form. We start with the blues progression I have labeled Blues progression 1. from 4th string 2nd fret to 3rd string 2nd fret. But in the E chord it holds the first fret on the 3rd string. So I will not recommend this fingering.Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Introduction Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E This is the first in a series of lessons on playing blues guitar. and the finger will be a guide for the rest of your fingers. It depends on where you are coming from and where will go next. Notice that your 2nd finger is in the same position in both chords. Usually I will recommend that you use 1st finger on 4th string. Don't lift the finger off the string just to place it where is was . do it. and 2nd finger on 2nd fret. When looked at in isolation. 2nd string. the easiest way to finger the simple A7 chord is with 1st finger on 2nd fret. It takes time to shift fingers. You use two fingers. But it is the least flexible fingering. This will reduce the finger movement. It might be an alternative to finger the A7 with 2nd finger on 4th string and 3rd finger on the 2nd string.keep it on the 2nd fret of the 5th string through the change. the change to and from B7 in particular might be a bit difficult. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter E Retailers: E7 A7 B7 How to finger the chords If you are not used to play these chord. and the less you do it.The 12 bar blues in E Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . in the key of E. while the other two are placed in a useless position. and in B7 it holds it on the 4th string. you should try to make as little finger movement as possible. Look at the fingering indicated in the chord diagrams. Lift off the 2nd finger. A typical beginner error is to lift all the fingers off the fingerboard and relocate each finger.asp (1 of 4)07. you get the Amaj7 by placing your 1st finger on 3rd string. E is a popular key for blues guitar. lifting it as little as possible. When fingering chords. The first finger is on 1st fret in both chords.01. but it is not the easiest key to play if you are a beginner on the guitar. If you find the change difficult. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Then you just add your 4th finger on 2nd fret 1st string for the B7. the more fluent will the changes be. For a more on the 12 bar blues progression in general. (The lessons might be overlapping). If you can keep a finger where it is. With this fingering it might be easier to change to and from both E and B7. go to my BASIC BLUES and Basic 12-bar blues lessons. Be careful with how you finger these changes. There is also only one way to finger this voicing of the B7 chord. 2nd finger on 3rd string and 3rd finger on 4th string.torvund. but you do not have the A chord under your fingers. This will give you an A chord. practise just this movement without caring about your 4th finger until it is fluent. you need to know four chords: Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.2005 04:02:03 .Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12_bar_in_E-introduction. There is no clear "right" or "wrong" when it comes to fingering of the A and A7 chord. 4th string. The blues progression in E can be played as follows: If you like the site. 1st fret. On the other hand. Just move the finger across. Your 3rd finger crosses in the opposite direction. The fingering of the Echord is in my view the only sensible way to finger this chord. and you get A7.

2 .01. It is almost as the harmony starts preparing for a jump to A.3 . The advantage of using such notation.4.3 . I the key of E the numbers will be: I=E. But I am not saying that this is exactly how Muddy Waters played the song. when it is time to start over from 1 again. Download Finale File http://www. And this is in fact just what it does.12 bar blues in E We often use roman numbers to indicate chords relative to the root chord.3 . Count the rhythm as you play.The 12 bar blues in E MIDI file . IV=A and V=B. is that we can notate a chord structure that can be applied to any key.4. and the chord a fifth above is labeled V. You should know both in which bar you are. The 12 bar blues will then be: Listen carefully to the change from E to E7.torvund. but effective and very useful lick. 2 . The root chord will then be I.2 . The way to count is 1 . until you get to 12 . and it really illustrates the double identity of the I-IV change.2 . and you can play it on "auto-pilot". The "Hoochie Coochie Lick" I will give you one rather simple. if you prefer that). It is a simple lick played on the two bottom strings (or on the 6th string only.asp (2 of 4)07. and which note in the bar you are playing. 3 .4. The chord a fourth above is labeled IV.4.2005 04:02:03 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12_bar_in_E-introduction. By the name I have assigned to it. etc. Play the blues slow with a steady rhythm with four beats in each bar. you will probably understand that it is inspired by Muddy Waters and the playing in his son The Hoochie Coochie Man. The E7-A change could be seen as a V-I resolution in the key of A. You must play the 12-bar blues progression until it becomes second nature to you.2 .Blues Guitar .

. This book will help build the foundation for your understanding of blues guitar techniques and styles for both acoustic and electric guitar. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop.G. turnarounds. Published by Hal Leonard. I hope he publish the full version of the course on CDs. (SG98506BCD) See more info. but as I know Happy Traum. Kenn Chipkin. blues scale positions. A Hands-On Beginner's Course In Acoustic Country Blues Homespun Listen & Learn Series Take a lesson in fingerstyle blues guitar from one of the world's most respected teacher/performers. ToC No HL841082 Review: Order From: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Order from: The Ultimate Beginner Series . and C.G.01. and the 'B. Includes simple first position blues scales needed for soloing (both fingerpicking and flatpicking) in the keys of E. Beginning Blues Guitar. Steps One & SheetmusicPlus Two Combined(Book & CD) Amazon UK Performed by Keith Wyatt.Blues Guitar . I do not know this specific set. Acoustic Blues.. Beginning with the most basic strumming of a 12bar blues pattern. Songs and solos are presented in standard notation and tablature with lyrics. This book/CD will guide you through everything you need to know to begin playing blues Bestseller! guitar: shuffle rhythms. bass rhythms and 'boogie woogie' walking bass patterns that make the basic blues progression come alive. play-along 'jam' tracks. Addresses the simple blues form in E. ToC No WBUBSBK103CD Review: http://www. throughout the neck. Happy Traum Teaches Blues guitar Beginning Blues Guitar.the entire lick on one string More Material on Basic Blues Guitar If you want some books and CDs to work with. King secret scale pattern. Happy gradually starts adding fills. Includes 3 CD's. in addtition to surfing the web. gradually expanding on concepts. You'll learn to play melodies and solo in several keys.The 12 bar blues in E Alternate fingering .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12_bar_in_E-introduction.asp (3 of 4)07.. turnarounds. Take the first step towards mastering blues guitar. it should be a good one..2005 04:02:03 .' See more info. Beginning Blues Guitar. call and response patterns..torvund. blues soloing.. I will suggest these for beginners: Order from: Beginner's Blues Guitar Fred Sokolow teaches you how to accompany yourself while singing the SheetmusicPlus (US) blues.B.Blues Guitar Basics.. and C. a blues series on cassettes by Happy Traum was a great help for me. runs. Way back in the 70's. But: I am a bit sceptic to a version where the audio is squeezed down to on CD. slow blues. See more info. All you need to know is how to play a Bestseller! few basic chords to get started playing along with this user-friendly book/audio package.

go the the Beginning Blues Guitar in the Guitar Books Section.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . 90 and 120).12B1 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1.01.2005 04:02:03 . and as a backing track for your own playing. Use them to get the sound of the cords.The 12 bar blues in E Order from: Beginning Blues Guitar (book & Enhanced Cd) SheetmusicPlus Blues Lead Guitar.. The Enhanced CD demonstrates the examples in the book. See more info.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues . (Complete Blues Guitar Method). All examples are shown in standard music notation and TAB.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12_bar_in_E-introduction.net I appreciate comments http://www. There are tons of licks in the styles of the blues masters such as Muddy Waters and Buddy Guy. This is the best step-by-step blues method for guitar that teaches the substance and style of the blues. which makes them boring as listening track. Published by Alfred Publishing. and as backing tracks. If you have Band-In-ABox or you have downloaded the free Band-In-A-Box player you can play just to listen to the chords.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. but good for practise. Here's a comprehensive method dedicated to the blues! This book is perfect for beginning blues and rock/blues guitarists. ToC No AP8230 For more suggestions.torvund.asp (4 of 4)07. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. They are in 8 keys and three tempos (65. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . Beginning Blues Guitar. Download all files as a zip-file.Blues Guitar . For more information. They are long 10-15 minutes. Backing Track .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Introduction Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Backing Tracks for Practise Here you can find a simple Band-In-A-Box file with this 12 bar progression in E..

the V7 chord is B7. the this progression will be: New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.12B2 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2. In E. I label this progression 12-bar Blues Progression 2. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: 12 bar blues Type 2 in E In roman numbers. the IV chord will be A. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Backing Track .01. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. and the progression will be: http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/2-variations_of_the_12_bar_blues_in_E.2005 04:02:05 . As long as we are in the key of E. the progression will be written as follows: If you like the site. Download all files as a zip-file. In the key of E. just to give it a name.Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . But there are many variations of the form. You will often hear the IV chord in 2nd bar instead of the I chord.Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 3)07.Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Lesson 1 The 12 bar blues in E Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .the turnaround chord Happy Traum: Blues Guitar In the first lesson we looked at a very basic 12 bar blues structure in the key of E. For more information. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Another variation is to play V7 chords in both bar 9 and 10.

2005 04:02:05 .alternate 10 bar You can of course also play a IV-chord in bar 2. and at the end before returning to E. I played a very simple little figure: Download Finale File Material for further exploration of the blues form. They all come with CDs http://www.Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E 12 bar blues Type 1 in E .asp (2 of 3)07.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/2-variations_of_the_12_bar_blues_in_E. which will give you this progression: 12 bar blues Type 2 in E . with this ending. I played the lick both as an intro before landing on the A.torvund.Blues Guitar .alternate 10 bar More on the "Hoochie Coochie lick" You may have wondered what I played when I came to the A-chord in bar 5. Over the A chord. There are of course many books that deals with blues. if you listened to the MP3. As you probably heard. But these three books will take you through many ways of playing the basic 12-bar chord structure.

This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . soloing.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/2-variations_of_the_12_bar_blues_in_E. minor. Jim Ferguson . West Coast. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar.the turnaround chord Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. By Jim Ferguson. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. and other forms of popular music. and other blues styles. New Orleans.asp (3 of 3)07. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. accompanying keyboards and more. 92 pages.Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. rock 'n' roll. swing.. It explores shuffle.July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle.2005 04:02:05 . ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . shuffle. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. Book/CD package. and jazzy blues progressions. Texas. As the name says.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. and not the blues as such. Chicago.01. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. Chicago. country.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Lesson 1 The 12 bar blues in E Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. Includes tab and notation. . (There are many other chords as well).Blues Guitar . This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority.torvund. and not the blues as such. slow. the book focuses on the shuffle. Rhythm/backup. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format.. riff.Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. and covers Delta. bebop. This is one of my favorites! See more info. turnarounds. As the name says. (HL695005) See more info. intros. Kansas City. Covers: boogie. it will take you through various blues progressions. and bebop blues. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. the book focuses on the shuffle.net I appreciate comments http://www.. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . Unless jazz is you main interest.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz ..

This creates a V7-I change. giving you a last line that looks like this: New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. If you end on the V7 chord. it is not that important. it would be: Retailers: You should notice that the V7 chord is played from the second beat of the last bar.Blues Guitar .torvund. In the last verse.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/3-intro_to_turnaround. You get the C7 just by moving the B7 up one fret.asp (1 of 3)07. but it might work well as a quick passing chord. or a I7 chord.01. If you like the site. It sounds better if you damp it out by leaning your 3rd finger on the 2nd string. If you let a strong dissonance ring.An introduction to turnarounds Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . that is resolved when you start the next verse. which is dissolved by the I chord in the beginning of the next verse. You might play it on all four beats of the last bar.or at least one usually does not end on this chord. You do this by ending on a V7 chord. give me your vote: You cannot end on the V7 chord .2005 04:02:08 . C7 12 bar blues Type 1 in E with turnaround chord http://www. but it does not sound as good. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter In E. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites We can introduce the C7-chord on the second beat in the last bar. What you do is to create some tension at the end of the verse. you have to end on a I chord. The simplest turnaround is just to end on the V7 chord. A turnaround turns you around: It takes you from them end of the verse to the beginning of the next. And then you go to B7 by moving the chord down one fret. The open B string will give you a strong dissonance if you let it ring with the C7 chord. and I am sure that you have heard many turnarounds played. then it will sound "wrong". But for this very short chord.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds the turnaround chord Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Happy Traum: Blues Guitar You have probably already heard the word turnaround. you will feel that you have to play another verse.

.5. and you are ready for another 12 bar. with turnaround chords this time.2005 04:02:08 . From SheetmusicPlus Backing tracks for practise I leave you with these backing tracks with 12-bar blues type 1 and 2.. In bar 12 there is little chromatic run from A to B. and then it is the normal route back to E again.Blues Guitar by Joe Bennett.12B1T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1 with Turnaround chord.. Guitar Method. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. As you see.5 x 9. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/3-intro_to_turnaround.asp (2 of 3)07. For more information.. 96 pages.Blues Guitar . And then it is back to the basic lick.torvund. Backing Track .01. Published by Amsco. Blues Lead Guitar.12B2T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2 with Turnaround chord. It's Easy To Fake. (AM973775) See more info.. softcover. and look at how it ended. it is time to turn around to our Hoochie Coochie lick on more time. For more information. it is a very simple move ut the the B in bar 9. Download Finale File PDF-File If you want to make a short cut . and another simple chromatic run down to A in bar 10.An introduction to turnarounds The end of the Hoochie Coochie lick When starting on the turnaround. 6.. a run I am sure you have heard many times before. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb More on Blues Turnarounds http://www. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track .

net I appreciate comments http://www.2005 04:02:08 .Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.the turnaround chord Blues Guitar .An introduction to turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .Blues Guitar .01.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/3-intro_to_turnaround.asp (3 of 3)07.torvund.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .

You can strum the strings without letting them ring. Order from: Easy Blues Rhythms For Guitar SheetmusicPlus By Ed Lozano. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter 12 bar blues Type 1 in E . But it is harder to get a really driving rhythm with this technique. but that does not mean easy. 72 pages. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. If you damp hard (short time).Blues Guitar . It is "simple". You "simply" touch the strings with your hand.. If you want to damp out individual strings. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Rhythm is a key to good blues playing.2005 04:02:10 . ToC No AM971432 Review: Order from: Blues Rhythm Guitar Technique Book/Cd Guitar method. Instructional method book with compact disc.torvund.6 verses with various damping techniques Right hand damping You can damp the strings with your right hand in two different ways. ToC No CP-69100 Review: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/03B-Damping. A classical player will damp by resting the fingertips on the strings.Damping techniques Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .. Published by Amsco. You will often do it by leaning over the finger that is fretting the adjacent string.asp (1 of 2)07. It creates a stronger rhythm if we cut the notes short and have a more staccato playing. you can release the barré.. for instance if one string will give you a note that does not belong to the chord you are playing. which gives you a strong rhythm. See more info. You can vary the time from playing to damping. you will touch this string with one of your fingers. give me your vote: Damping by left hand is also done by touching the strings with your fingers. See more info. This is the key to the rhythm of Bo Diddley. which makes it possible to combine legato and staccato lines. What to prefer depends on what you are playing.01. This is the main element in the Merle Travis / Chet Atkins style. and create a strong syncopated rhythm just by damping with you left hand.the turnaround chord Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm We do not always want the strings to ring out. rock and jazz players will usually damp the strings by either the heel or the side of the hand. and you need to learn damping techniques to get the rhythm. This can give you a driving rhythm and a singing melody and/or clear harmony at the same time.. Book and CD. It is simple. It takes some time to get the control you need. Is is almost as if you are playing some kind of a drum. it can be almost only rhythm. If you are playing barré chords. But it is a must for rhythmic playing. and by that damp the whole chord. With this technique you can damp out individual strings. the left hand or both. Published by SheetmusicPlus Koala Publications (Australian import). and by that stop the ringing. Left hand damping If you like the site. but you will need a lot of practise to get control. Retailers: After some time of practise. Blues. A lighter damping will give you more of the actual note. Guitar Method. You can damp the strings by either the right hand . you will be able to damp the bass-strings and let the treble strings ring out. You can have an even strum of 8th or 16th notes.

75. straight-eightth and shuffle patterns. blues progression variations. Rhythms & Secrets DVD. Level: Intermediate. DVD+Chart..torvund.01. See more info.Damping techniques Order from: Blues Guitar Rhythm Basics SheetmusicPlus By Corey Christiansen. Keith explores everything from straight-eighth boogie blues to rock shuffles and sophisticated uptown styles. Edited by Tim Landers.asp (2 of 2)07. GIT's resident blues authority.the turnaround chord Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. 3 pages.75x11. Blues.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .. ToC No WBREH891 Blues Riffs. go to the Rhythm Guitar Page in the Guitar Books Sections Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .. For Guitar (Electric). reveals his favourite blues chord voicing and comping concepts.2005 04:02:10 . licks & phrases. Published by Mel Bay Publications. chord substitution. This video has all the tricks to help you go beyond the basics of playing blues rhythm guitar.. Guitar video: DVD/VHS Video.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . See more info. See more info. DVD. Published by Warner Brothers. Size 8. Includes: classic blues chord voicings. 2nd Edition guitar.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Blues Guitar .. QwikLicks.net I appreciate comments http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/03B-Damping.. and several complete 12-bar blues progressions. Inc. Published by Music Sales. ToC No MB20389DP Review: The Ultimate Beginner Series Beyond Basics: Blues Guitar Rhythm Chops Keith Wyatt. ToC Review: Order DVD from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Order VHS from: SheetmusicPlus Order from: SheetmusicPlus No FR00915 For more on Rhythm Guitar.

. Beware: Many of the songs are included in the "Early Roots . Amazon US and Amazon UK have soundbits (ca. but I list a few that in my view are good collections. Titles include: Scrapper Blackwell Blue Day Blues. A tip: CDNOW. Some are very good. 30 sec) from the majority of the records they have listed. I am not pretending that I know all their records." set." is more of an instruction series. you have to listen to the real bluesmen and study their playing style. Worryin' You Off My Mind · Willie Brown Future Blues.Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. If you don't know the artists. Hard Time Killin' Floor.2005 04:02:14 . Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Order From: SheetmusicPlus Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Performed by Robert Johnson. Stove Pipe Stomp. Amazon US and Amazon UK for records by John Lee Hooker. Book/CD package. M&O Blues · Son House Dry Spell Blues. but far from last time in this series of blues lessons. Bestseller! Published by Hal Leonard. Woody and Stefan have transcribed those arrangements that we feel had a great influence on the guitar approach. is it time to mention Robert Johnson.01. You can hear it on the record Roots Of Robert Johnson. you will find more than 200 titles. Books and records for further studies If you want to learn the blues.. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The first Delta artist to record a shuffle. If you search CDNOW. Size 9x12 inches.Blues Guitar . Many his songs have a shuffle style. Book and CD package. By Dave Rubin. You simply have to listen to Robert Johnson if you are serious about blues guitar. technique and style of Robert Johnson. Stone Pony Blues and 34 Blues. In this study. Of these two notes. I have included references to books and CDs that I think should be of interest. you will get an impression of their playing style by listening to some of these soundbits. Retailers: Robert Johnson. was Johnnie Temple with his Lead Pencil Blues from 1935. but now I will mention Sweet Home Chicago and You've Got A Good Friend. for the first. See more info. The playing of the legendary Delta bluesman. Signature Licks (Authentic guitar transcriptions in notes and tab). Inc. and then "Free Downloads" on the banner menu. some are not. I have made a separate web-page with references to material on his playing. My Black Mama · Skip James Devil Got My Woman.torvund. This gives you the shuffle rhythm. 64 pages.Amazon US has also made available a large number of music files for free download. which is the back bone of a lot of blues playing. ToC No HL695264 Review: For more on this style. Solos. with detailed breakdown of the songs. Many bluesmen have issued hundreds of records. the first is longer and heavy. Chosen as Book of the Month December 2002. Choose "Music" on the menu to the left at their main page.asp (1 of 3)07.. Everyone interested in blues guitar should know Robert Johnson. Kokomo Blues · Blind Blake Georgia Bound · Big Bill Broonzy Saturday Night Rub. Special Rider · Lonnie Johnson Go Back To Your No Good Man. With notes and tablature. Life Saver Blues · Hambone Willie Newbern Roll And Tumble Blues · Charlie Patton Screamin' And Hollerin' The Blues..Signature Licks A Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Legendary Guitarist's Style and Technique. Robert Johnson was firmly rooted in the blues of the 1920s. But I will suggest that you start with this one: If you like the site.. And now. see: The Roots Of Robert Johnson Book/CD Set By Stefan Grossman and Woody Mann. But it is used as a term for a rhythm where each beat is subdivided in two. give me your vote: Robert Johnson . Published by Mel Bay Publications.Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Don't ask me what shuffle really means. You have to use some damping to get it right.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/4-shuffle_in_E. But the "Early . the second is short and light.

Go to the 5th fret with your 4th finger.asp (2 of 3)07. But the record listed should give a good selection. Then you use the 3rd finger on 4th fret. or you can move the fingering across to the 5th and 4th string. Lonnie Johnson. I usually prefer to play it almost as I play the Eshuffle.Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm (MB95074BCD) Chosen as Book of the month for August 2002. Booker White and others.Master Bluesman* Performed by Jimmy Reed. What you are doing. This collection presents note-for-note transcriptions and performance notes for 12 timeless songs that inspired the legendary Robert Johnson. and in A we will vary between 2nd and 4th fret on the 4th string. and 4th finger on 5th. Then you can use 3rd finger on 5th string.to finger this shuffle.. 2 There are two ways to finger the A-shuffle. You will notice that we alternates between two shapes while playing to one chord. is to shift from E to E6 or A to A6.torvund.01. E7) shuffle. (HL694937) See more info. It is a tough stretch. and don't use it.unless you Amazon US go for the Boxed set with 10 CDs. is by making a short barré covering two strings on 2nd fret with your index (1st) finger. you will limit you playing possibilities.recommend that you don't use it. The other position is out of the 5th fret: 1st finger on 6th string. including: Cross Road Blues * I'm Gonna Yola My Blues Away * Lead Pencil Blues * Life Saver Blues * My Black Mama * Roll and Tumble Blues * You Gonna Need Somebody When You Die * and more. Jimmy Reed . but with some training it can do a lot of work! http://www. This fingering is even harder. 2nd finger on 5th string. E- A- A- shuffle (E. and 4th finger on 10th fret. so it will take some time to get it. and fret the 4th fret with your 3rd (ring) finger. and you get the 7th chord. it is a moveable position. 5th fret. I just move it across to the 5th. 9th fret.E7 chords.2005 04:02:14 .in my opinion . But if you remove one finger from you fretting hand.. 72 pages. As always. But be careful not to play the 6th (bottom) string. It takes some time to get enough control to play a good shuffle without hitting the 6th string. When coming down from B7 (see below) I might prefer this fingering. Here you can hear the first recorded delta blues shuffle: Johnnie Temple with his Lead Pencil Blues Order from: Amazon US Amazon UK Order from: Acoustic Country Blues Guitar SheetmusicPlus By Dave Rubin. Skip James.Blues Guitar . Guitar Recorded Versions (Authentic note-for-note transcriptions). You play only the bottom two (or three) stings. by seminal bluesman such as Blind Blake. pos. Son House. You can either move the second A-position up two frets.no name given . 7th fret. The book is discussed a little further in conjunction with The book of the month August 2002.E6 . E6. Use your pinky (4th finger)! Many guitar players find their 4th finger too weak. the B7 is difficult. Size 9x12 inches. With notes and tablature. I have even seen well known instructors . In E we will vary between 2nd and 4th fret on the 5th string. 1 shuffle. But since there are no open string. Published by Hal Leonard. Published by Hal Leonard.. and make a small barré with your 1st finger over the 4th and 5th string at 2nd fret. Amazon UK The typical shuffle is played as a chord fragment on two bass strings. There is only one way to finger the shuffle over the E . The 4th finger will never be the stronger of your fingers. (HL695139) See more info.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/4-shuffle_in_E. pos. The best way . which makes it very useful.. It is a matter of practise. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Order Jimmy Reed : Blues Masters-Very Best Of Jim from: I have not found any CD that includes all the songs in the book above . 4th and maybe 3rd string. and play out of 2nd fret. . Roots of Robert Johnson This CD has nothing to do with the book of the same title.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/4-shuffle_in_E. Move the capo down one fret at the time. Again.Blues Guitar . it is really a matter of practise. Jimmy Reed typically plays with a heavy shuffle. one will typically use down-strokes only.net I appreciate comments http://www. and the second with a more straight feel. 3rd. In Chuck Berry style and in more modern heavy rock style. meaning that the first part is much longer and more heavy than the second. You will eventually be able to stretch you fingers more. they are almost equal. but the stretch from 7th to 10th fret (with capo on 5th fret) might be quite comfortable. You can either play alternating down. where the first verse is played with a heavy shuffle.asp (3 of 3)07. Alternating strokes tend to emphasize the heavier shuffle.and up-strokes as done in the recorded example mentioned above. 4th or whatever fret that makes it comfortable. Go to the Next lesson for a 12-bar shuffle blues written out in tab. Both verses are played with alternating down.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. giving a more straight feel. But a good way to practise these stretches is to put on a capo in 2nd. Click here for an example of a shuffle.01.Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Are your fingers "too short" for the stretch? Use capo! The shuffle requires a stretch that some players find hard.2005 04:02:14 .and up-strokes. Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks . The distance between the frets are smaller higher up the neck.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks . while all downstroke give you a more even and straight sound. is to vary the strokes. or by down-strokes only. and one can have the feeling that the fingers are too short. In Chuck Berry's style. until you can play the stretch without the capo. you can create different grooves.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . By varying the ratio between the first and second part of the beet.torvund. Another way to vary the shuffle. A stretch from 2nd to 5th fret might be somewhere from very hard to almost impossible.

torvund. This is the way Eric Claptonusually plays when he is playing acoustic blues in E. http://www. the B7gives us some challenges.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/E-shuffle. why should not we do it? If you play this B7. But you do not have to do that.01.E-Shuffle Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Download Finale File PDF-File As always when we are playing in the key of E. You may prefer to play the B7as it is written to the right. and it will often sound better. you do not go up to 5th.asp (1 of 2)07.Blues Guitar . If he can. 7th and 9th fret. It is easier to play. then you continue with A7as you played in bar 5 and 6.2005 04:02:21 . In the arrangement above.E-Shuffle Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Lesson 4B: Blues Guitar . I have been faithful to the shuffle throughout the piece.

torvund.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .asp (2 of 2)07.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .2005 04:02:21 .Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .net I appreciate comments http://www.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.E-Shuffle Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson techniques Blues Guitar Lesson Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson Blues Guitar Lesson Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson shuffle 3B: Damping 4: The Shuffle 4B: E-Shuffle 4C: The Hoochie 5: The harmonized q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/E-shuffle.Blues Guitar .

Blues Guitar . but very effective lick and an equally simple but strong rhythm pattern under your belt.torvund.asp (1 of 2)07. they work well on their own.01. Combine them. As I hope you have seen.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/HoochieShuffle.2005 04:02:23 . Download Finale File PDF-File http://www. and you are ready for prime time.The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Now you should have a simple. But they fit nicely together.

2005 04:02:23 .Blues Guitar . Size 5. See more info.3x7. DVD (Digital Video Disc).Deep Blues and Good News By Dave Rubin. Signature Licks Licks DVD.Muddy Waters DVD SheetmusicPlus Muddy Waters' guitar style reflects the blues tradition all the way back to the roots of this MusicRoom Classic American song form.torvund. By learning the secrets of his technique. ToC No HL320350 Muddy Waters .5 inches. 48 pages. Performed by Muddy Waters.Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund... (HL660052) See more info.asp (2 of 2)07.Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks . you can get your own mojo working for you. Published by Hal Leonard.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .net I appreciate comments http://www.The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Order from: Muddy Waters ..Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .. Bob Margolin leads this entire private lesson enlightening the viewer about the secrets of Muddy's solo guitar and ensemble work. Dvd. Size 9x12 inches. Guitar School (Lessons with exact transcriptions in notes and tab). Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson techniques Blues Guitar Lesson Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson Blues Guitar Lesson Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson shuffle 3B: Damping 4: The Shuffle 4B: E-Shuffle 4C: The Hoochie 5: The harmonized q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/HoochieShuffle.01. By Bob Margolin. Published by Hal Leonard.

I prefer to play the A-chord as a partial barré with 1st finger fretting 2nd.2005 04:02:26 . As usual. and at the same time not touch the 1st string. Experiment with it! 12 bar blues . I also prefer to play the C-chord as a similar partial barré.torvund. labeled E/Am shape. but now played with the 3rd finger. G. so it does not really matter if you touch it with your 1st finger. Instead of E6. the B7 gives us some trouble.asp (1 of 3)07. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Middle minor shape. Here we get a little bit into chord substitution. played as an E-chord moved up to 4th/5th fret. we do not play the 1st string. It takes some time to get this right. you will find a discussion of these sonic shapes. If you want to continue the harmonized shuffle.Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . Again you play them as closed position chords. which again means that you are playing the chord in first inversion. just the two on the outer strings. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites A/C# (F#m7) G D/F# (Bm7) C You might prefer not to play the middle note. If you take a sidestep to my Harmonized fretboard lesson. Then we move the chord up to a G.Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Happy Traum: Blues Guitar We can build on the E. D (Bm7) and C are shown below. The chord might be also be written as F#m7. The /C# means that you are playing a C# as bass note.Harmonized shuffle in E http://www. The fingerings for the A/C# (F#m7). E6 and E7 shuffle (and the similar in A). but extend it to chords. In this harmonized shuffle. But you might also just go out of the harmonized shuffle and play a more simple pattern over the B7 chord. In this progression. But we will not discuss that in this lesson. It takes some time to get this position to sound good: To fret three strings in a way that gives you a clear tone.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/5-The_harmonized_shuffle. you might play an A/C# chord. Play these chords as closed position chords => do not play any open strings. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. you can move the closed A patterns two frets up. A-shape and Middle D-shape. 3rd and 4th strings in 2nd fret. we play D (or Bm7) instead of the A6.Blues Guitar . and we play C instead of the A7. Over the A-chord.

torvund.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/5-The_harmonized_shuffle.01.2005 04:02:26 .asp (2 of 3)07.Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Download Finale File PDF-File http://www.

As the name says. country. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style.net I appreciate comments http://www. West Coast. the book focuses on the shuffle. (HL695005) See more info. or if we shift the order.IIIb progression.The I .IV .IIIb ..Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle If we look at the harmonized shuffle as a chord progression. Texas.Blues Guitar . it will take you through various blues progressions.IV and I . Material for further exploration the shuffle. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. New Orleans.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .2005 04:02:26 . Includes tab and notation. This chord progression is discussed in my lesson A Green Onion After Midnight will Change the World . Chicago. and covers Delta. and not the blues as such.torvund.01.asp (3 of 3)07.. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks . Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. As the name says. It explores shuffle.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Kansas City. it can be labeled a I-IV-IIIb progression. Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks . and bebop blues. and not the blues as such. a I-IIIb-IV progression. the book focuses on the shuffle.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/5-The_harmonized_shuffle.

Note that this gives you another voicing of the E7 chord than the one shown in the first lesson. once again with the 4th finger doing all the work on 1st string. but the fingering is more difficult.torvund. fingered as discussed in Blues Guitar lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E. so we do not care about this chord now.A7 Retailers: I often start with open 3rd string as a pick-up note.Blues Guitar .major change.Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks: Boom Boogie This is another variation of the shuffle. you fret 2nd string 3rd fret.E7 is played on the treble strings. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. B7 is difficult.01. You can have the same kind of minor . So it is better to slide the whole chord up from 1st to 2nd fret. you fret 2nd string 2nd fret. Now the movement E .asp (1 of 3)07. Look in the tabulature for this. You should know both.E7 A . I think of it as typical for the playing of Brownie McGhee.Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . Personally I like this new voicing better.E6 . To get E6. but it is a matter of context and of taste. and to get E7.Treble shuffle in E If you like the site.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/6-The_Treble_shuffle. a fingering that leaves your 4th finger free. 12 bar blues .A6 . E . It gives you a change from Em to E Over the A-chord we have the same movement. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter We start with an E-chord. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.E6 .2005 04:02:29 . hammering on to 1st fret. but he fingerpicks with a monotone bass.

the book focuses on the shuffle.Blues Guitar .2005 04:02:29 . Includes tab and notation. It explores shuffle. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar.torvund. Chicago. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. As the name says. As the name says. the book focuses on the shuffle.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/6-The_Treble_shuffle. (HL695005) See more info. Kansas City.Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Download Finale File PDF-File Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. and not the blues as such.asp (2 of 3)07.01. Texas. New Orleans. and covers Delta. Rhythm Playing http://www. West Coast. and bebop blues. it will take you through various blues progressions.. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. and not the blues as such. country..

Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .01.Blues Guitar .asp (3 of 3)07.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/6-The_Treble_shuffle.2005 04:02:29 .net I appreciate comments http://www.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks: Boom Boogie Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.torvund.Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .

Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.Blues Guitar . I have included a few variations. The first is one that reminds me of the playing of John Lee Hooker.torvund.Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 3)07. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.2005 04:02:30 .01.Muddy Boogie There are many variations of the shuffle. and that is why I have called it Boom Boogie.Boom Boogie Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/7-Some_other_shuffle_licks.

you can get this book. lyrics. 112 pages. performed to simulate the original recordings. Blues. 'Think Twice Before You Go' and 'I'm In The Mood'. as well as chord symbols and complete lyrics for vocalists. John Lee Hooker MusicRoom Play Guitar With. Play along with six of his greatest hits with a Amazon UK specially recorded CD featuring soundalike instrumental tracks.2005 04:02:30 .. ToC No HL660169 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order from: John Lee Hooker . With guitar tablature. chord names. The matching music book features both guitar tab and standard notation for each song. For guitar and voice. standard notation..Play Guitar With.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/7-Some_other_shuffle_licks..torvund.. Includes 'Boom Boom'..01.Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks Boom Boogie Download Finale File For more on John Lee Hooker's playing. (Follow the link to artist for more information). guitar notation legend. See more info. John Lee Hooker: . Series: Hal Leonard Guitar Recorded Versions. introductory text and performance notes..Blues Guitar . Format: guitar tablature songbook. 9x12 inches.A Blues Legend Performed by John Lee Hooker. ToC No AM951885 Rhythm Playing http://www.asp (2 of 3)07. vocal melody. series. Published by Hal Leonard.

01.2005 04:02:30 .Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/7-Some_other_shuffle_licks.net I appreciate comments http://www.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .Blues Guitar .torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .Muddy Boogie Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.

you should finger the A-chord with your 2nd. this time in the first beat of bar 12. They will "always" (there is no really "always" or "never" in blues) take place in bar 11 of a 12 bar blues. and you once again land on the I chord.(E).Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/8-A_Turnaround_Chord_Seqeunce. it makes your playing more fluent. But when you go from E7 to A. You change from E to E7 just by adding the 4th finger on 2nd string. If you finger the A-chord as you would usually do. The fingering of the A-chord might feel awkward. and continue with a sequence of chords in bar 11. you will have to reposition your hand once more. But before we do that. These chords are A7. you should know where the turnaround licks takes place. A and Am. give me your vote: E7 Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites A A / Am Am The sequence of chords is (E) . We use the same fingering of the E7 as we used in the Treble Shuffle. We pick up from where we left in lesson 3. Note the fingering of these chords. it starts form the I chord at beat 1 of bar 11 and ends on another I chord at the first beat of bar 12. In E this means that you play B7 . But I am sure you know that there is more to the turnaround than just the ending chord.01.A .A7 and then land on E. You come down from the V7 -IV7 chords in bar 9 and 10. and this is easy. with 1st. 3rd fret. When you continue to the Am.asp (1 of 2)07.2005 04:02:33 . you only have to move your fingers a little bit. and land on the I chord in the first beat of bar 11. More on Blues Turnarounds http://www. In this lesson we will look closer at the chord sequence that we used in The Harmonized Shuffle in E. as shown in the diagram. In this sequence of chords you are coming from E to E7. 3rd and 4th beat of bar 11.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .torvund.. Retailers: If you like the site.E7 . The turnaround lick takes place on 2nd. as indicated in the A / Am diagram. But on the second beat of bar 11 you take off for something to make the ending more interesting. There is no correct way to finger one specific chord. The key to a fluent playing of the sequence is the fingering of the A-chord.A Turnaround Chord Sequence Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . 2nd and 3rd finger. you only have to lift your pinky if you finger the chords as described.Muddy Boogie Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. 3rd and 4th finger.Am . but in this particular chord sequence. by going back to the position you just left. you will have to reposition the entire hand. If you finger the A-chord as you would normally do. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter We have discussed the turnaround chord. If you to it this way. What fingering to choose depends on where you are coming from and where you are going.

Blues Guitar - A Turnaround Chord Sequence

q

q

q

q

Blues Guitar - Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds - the turnaround chord Blues Guitar - Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar - Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1

q q q

Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1

q q q

Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2

Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks - Muddy Boogie

Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/8-A_Turnaround_Chord_Seqeunce.asp (2 of 2)07.01.2005 04:02:33

Blues Guitar - Turnaround licks in E

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

Blues Guitar - Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E
Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Lesson 10: Fill In Part 1

So far we have been playing turnarounds as chords only, and we have only used one chord sequence. There are many more you can use. But I am sure you know that there are many turnaround licks, played as more or less melodic runs. You should learn as many turnaround licks as possible. In the long run it is boring if you use only one turnaround for all your songs. And they are building blocks for solos.
Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

12 bar blues in E with turnaround
This one is hard to read, but easy to play. You only strum the chords, until you come to the turnaround.

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/9-Turnarounds_in_E.asp (1 of 2)07.01.2005 04:02:35

Blues Guitar - Turnaround licks in E

12 bar blues in E with turnaround
PDF-File

Turnarounds in E (not edited yet)
Download Finale File Order from: Blues Turnarounds A Compendium of Patterns & Phrases for Guitar. By Dave Rubin and Rusty SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Zinn. Guitar Educational. Book and CD package. With notes and tablature. Size 9x12 inches. 40 pages. Published by Hal Leonard. See more info... ToC No HL695602 Review: Order from: Larry McCabe - 101 Blues Guitar Turnaround Licks SheetmusicPlus For electric guitar. McCabe's 101 Series. Blues. Level: Multiple Levels. Book/CD package. Licks and phrases. Size 8.75x11.75. 48 pages. Published by Mel Bay Pub., Inc. See more info... ToC No MB95360BCD Review:

More on Blues Turnarounds
q

q

q

q

Blues Guitar - Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds - the turnaround chord Blues Guitar - Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar - Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1

q q q

Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1

q q q

Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2

Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Further references Ls:G1 1998-08, Ls:GP 2000-03

Lesson 10: Fill In Part 1

GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/9-Turnarounds_in_E.asp (2 of 2)07.01.2005 04:02:35

Blues Guitar - Fill In

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

Blues Guitar - Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 1
Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2

Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

You have of course noticed that turnaround-like licks are not only played at the end of each verse, but at the end of each line. I call these licks at the end of the first and second line Fill in licks. They are basically the same as turnaround licks, and takes place in the same position in the line: They start from a I-chord at the first beat of the third bar of each line, and end on a I-chord on the first beat of the last bar of each line. The last three bars of the last bar varies, according to which line it is. In the first line we go to a I7 chord, on the second line we stay at the I chord, and as we already know: The last line often ends at a V7 chord.

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

12 bar blues in E with fill ins

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/10-fill_ins.asp (1 of 2)07.01.2005 04:02:37

Blues Guitar .01.2005 04:02:37 .net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (2 of 2)07.Fill In Download Finale File PDF-File Blues Fill Ins q q Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 1 Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/10-fill_ins.torvund.

made famous by Eric Clapton's recordings. «Ramblin' on my mind». Your ear decide what to choose.Part 1 In principle all turnaround licks can be used as fill-in licks. some sounds better at the end of the first or second line.01. You can of course combine the shuffle with fill-ins. But some sounds better at the end of a verse. It is loosely based on a Robert Johnson's classic.Blues Guitar – Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Lesson 10: Fill In Part 1 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . The example show one way to break up the monotony of the shuffle. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.2005 04:02:40 . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Shuffle with fill ins Retailers: If you like the site.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/10-fill_ins-2. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.torvund.asp (1 of 3)07.

http://www. Robert Johnson was firmly rooted in the blues of the 1920s. Woody and Stefan have transcribed those arrangements that we feel had a great influence on the guitar approach. Follow this link for more material on Robert Johnson's playing. Size 9x12 inches.. Stone Pony Blues and 34 Blues. Book and CD package. Published by Mel Bay Publications. See more info. Beware: Many of the songs are included in the "Early Roots . Robert Johnson . Performed by Robert Johnson. By Dave Rubin.torvund. In this study. Bestseller! Published by Hal Leonard..01.." is more of an instruction series. With notes and tablature. Solos. Worryin' You Off My Mind · Willie Brown Future Blues. The most famous of Robert Johnson's shuffle recordings is probably Sweet Home Chicago. Chosen as Book of the Month December 2002.Blues Guitar – Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 PDF-File Other examples are Eric Clapton's recordings of Before You Accuse Me and Malted Milk on his Unplugged album. The playing of the legendary Delta bluesman. Stove Pipe Stomp. But the "Early . 64 pages. Book/CD package. Inc." set. Life Saver Blues · Hambone Willie Newbern Roll And Tumble Blues · Charlie Patton Screamin' And Hollerin' The Blues. Special Rider · Lonnie Johnson Go Back To Your No Good Man. M&O Blues · Son House Dry Spell Blues. Signature Licks (Authentic guitar transcriptions in notes and tab).. Titles include: Scrapper Blackwell Blue Day Blues. Hard Time Killin' Floor. My Black Mama · Skip James Devil Got My Woman. Malted Milk is on of many Robert Johnson classics recorded by Eric Clapton's. Kokomo Blues · Blind Blake Georgia Bound · Big Bill Broonzy Saturday Night Rub.2005 04:02:40 Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Order From: SheetmusicPlus .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/10-fill_ins-2..asp (2 of 3)07. technique and style of Robert Johnson. with detailed breakdown of the songs.Signature Licks A Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Legendary Guitarist's Style and Technique. ToC No HL695264 Review: The Roots Of Robert Johnson Book/CD Set By Stefan Grossman and Woody Mann.

net I appreciate comments http://www. Go to Recommended Books for Beginning Blues Gutiar to get some suggestions.torvund. Bestseller! introductory text. written by Wolf Marshall. lyrics. chord names. Acoustic Rock. For guitar.Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. guitar tablature.asp (3 of 3)07. I suggest that you get a book/CD set or a video with such material. guitar notation legend..Blues Guitar – Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 (MB95074BCD) Chosen as Book of the month for August 2002. See more info.2005 04:02:40 . With standard guitar notation.. guitar chord diagrams.01. Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Signature Licks. Series: Hal Leonard . vocal melody. Blues rock and adult contemporary. ToC No HL695250 Review: Order from: SheetmusicPlus From MusicRoom If you think we are going too fast. Blues Fill Ins q q Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 1 Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Lesson 10: Fill In Part 1 Further references Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . 9x12 inches. Published by Hal Leonard. 72 pages. instructional text and performance notes. Performed by Eric Clapton.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/10-fill_ins-2. Includes instructional book and examples CD. and in particular want some more material for listening and getting the sounds.

and the Boogie Bass is a good example and a starting point from where you can derive many variations. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Simple Boogie Bass in E New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.The Boogie Bass line .Part 1 Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 2 Many songs are carried by a driving bass-line. sometimes interesting . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter If you like the site. give me your vote: Retailers: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Download Finale File http://www.it depends on how you play and the context.Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E.asp (1 of 2)07.2005 04:02:42 . sometimes boring. We can start with a boogie pattern for each chord.Blues Guitar .01.Part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .torvund. It is simple.

Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Blues Guitar .01.torvund.asp (2 of 2)07.The Boogie Bass line .Part 1 Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E.net I appreciate comments http://www.2005 04:02:42 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.

We play an ascending phrase in the first bar. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Bass Boogie in E New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.01. and a descending in the second.Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 2)07.Part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Part 2 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 1 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 3 What we really want. which we can get if we extend the pattern into a two-bar pattern.2005 04:02:44 .Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-2.torvund. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. is a more continuous line. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.

asp (2 of 2)07.Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Part 2 Download Finale File PDF-File Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .torvund.01.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .net I appreciate comments http://www.2005 04:02:44 .Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-2.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 1 Further references Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 3 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .

But do as we said in lesson 4. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Part 3 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 2 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 4 It is possible to combine a boogie bass-line with chords.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-3.Part 3 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Blues Guitar . and work on it.asp (1 of 3)07. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Boogie with chords in E New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. It give you some long stretches with your 4th finger the finger that has to do most of the work.2005 04:02:46 .Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.01.torvund.

torvund.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-3.Part 3 Download Finale File PDF-File Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 2 Further references Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 4 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .asp (2 of 3)07.01.Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .2005 04:02:46 .

torvund.01.Part 3 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:02:46 .Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Blues Guitar .net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (3 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-3.

and have nick named the example Boom Boogie. It is the rhythm that is driving his playing. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.Part 4 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .asp (1 of 3)07. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Boom Boogie New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Part 4 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 3 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 5 I think of this playing style as typical of John Lee Hooker.2005 04:02:49 .01.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-4.torvund.

For guitar and voice..Part 4 Download Finale File PDF-File Material on John Lee Hooker's playing style The Very Best Of John Lee Hooker It is hundreds of John Lee Hooker records on the market. standard notation. But this is a good collection. as well as chord symbols and complete lyrics for vocalists. Format: guitar tablature songbook..01.torvund. introductory text and performance notes. series. ToC No HL660169 John Lee Hooker: . The matching music book features both guitar tab and standard notation for each song. lyrics. guitar notation legend.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-4.. Includes 'Boom Boom'. and it is hard to know where to begin. 'Boogie Chillen'.Vital Blues Guitar Authentic tablature transcriptions from the original Detroit recordings of John Lee Hooker's greatest songs. Order from: Amazon USA Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) John Lee Hooker: . See more info. Series: Hal Leonard Guitar Recorded Versions.Play Guitar With. vocal melody.2005 04:02:49 .Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .. chord names. ToC No AM951885 Rhythm Playing http://www. 9x12 inches. Includes a selection of photographs and an interview in which the blues legend discusses his early years..asp (2 of 3)07.. Play along with six of his greatest hits with a Amazon UK specially recorded CD featuring soundalike instrumental tracks. Blues. With guitar tablature. John Lee Hooker MusicRoom Play Guitar With. 112 pages. ToC No LC10000 Order from: MusicRoom (UK) Amazon USA Order from: John Lee Hooker . as well as songs such as 'Hobo Blues'. performed to simulate the original recordings.A Blues Legend Performed by John Lee Hooker. 'Think Twice Before You Go' and 'I'm In The Mood'. Published by Hal Leonard. 'Sally Mae' and 'I'm In The Mood'.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-4.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Part 4 q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .torvund.2005 04:02:49 .net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (3 of 3)07.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 3 Further references Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 5 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .01.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-5.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.torvund. a blues giant we will return to later.asp (1 of 3)07. Muddy Boogie Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.2005 04:02:51 .Part 5 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 4 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 6 This is a boogie that reminds me of Muddy Waters. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.01.Part 5 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .

as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. By learning the secrets of his technique. Published by Hal Leonard. country.. By Bob Margolin. See more info. Signature Licks Licks DVD. West Coast. Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Rhythm Playing http://www.. Performed by Muddy Waters. and covers Delta. ToC No HL320350 Muddy Waters . 48 pages..asp (2 of 3)07.. (HL695005) See more info. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format.Deep Blues and Good News By Dave Rubin. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. Bob Margolin leads this entire private lesson enlightening the viewer about the secrets of Muddy's solo guitar and ensemble work. the book focuses on the shuffle. Dvd. it will take you through various blues progressions. As the name says.Part 5 Download Finale File PDF-File Order from: Muddy Waters .. Size 9x12 inches.. DVD (Digital Video Disc). Texas. As the name says.torvund. New Orleans. It explores shuffle. Kansas City. (HL660052) See more info. the book focuses on the shuffle. Size 5. Chicago. and bebop blues. you can get your own mojo working for you.Muddy Waters DVD Muddy Waters' guitar style reflects the blues tradition all the way back to the SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom roots of this Classic American song form.2005 04:02:51 .3x7.01.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . Guitar School (Lessons with exact transcriptions in notes and tab).net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-5. and not the blues as such. and not the blues as such. Includes tab and notation.5 inches. Published by Hal Leonard.

Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-5.2005 04:02:51 .Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 4 Further references Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 6 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Part 5 q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .torvund.01.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .asp (3 of 3)07.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .

You can also hear Eric Clapton playing the same lick with John Mayall in the song What'd I say.2005 04:02:53 . (But Day Tripper is not within the 12-bar blues format and have a few more bars and chords).01. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-6. This is a 12-bar blues based on the riff from The Beatles' Day Tripper.Part 6 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .torvund.asp (1 of 2)07.Part 6 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 5 Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Many songs are based on bass-riffs derived from boogie playing. Trip of the Day New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.

Part 6 Download Finale File PDF-File John Mayall with Eric Eric Clapton .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-6. Guitar Recorded Versions (Authentic note-fornote transcriptions). 80 pages.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . Published by Hal Leonard.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 5 Further references Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. HL690489 Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .signature licks Order from: SheetmusicPlus I like the books in the "Signature licks" series.S.torvund. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom The Beatles Hits . With notes and tablature..Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .asp (2 of 2)07. Eric Clapton. * A Hard Day's Night * Help! * Helter Skelter * Hey Bulldog * I Feel Fine * I Saw Her Standing There * I Want You (She's So Heavy) * I Want To Hold Your Hand * I'm Down * I've Just Seen A Face * If I Needed Someone * Get Back * The End (HL695049) The Beatles 1 There is of course a book that goes with the No 1 record. MusicRoom The songs are: All My Loving * And I Love Her * And Your Bird Can Sing. Size 9x12 inches. They break down songs. * Back In The U.01.net I appreciate comments http://www.S.R * Can't Buy Me Love * Come Together * Day Tripper * Drive My Car * The End * Everybody's Trying To Be My Baby * Everybody's Got Something To Hide Except Me And My Monkey * Fixing A Hole * Get Back * Getting Better * Good Morning Good Morning. and presents the main parts played slow and up to tempo.. (HL694896) See more info. by Wolf Marshall.2005 04:02:53 .Blues Breakers* Performed by John Mayall.

Big Bill Broonzy (not a Texas player) etc. but now I usually play without. or play with a combination of flatpicking and fingerpicking. It might help to give a more forceful attack. This playing technique gives you a steady rhythm and a harmonic back bone. When you move the thumb.An introduction to blues fingerpicking Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . Many players use a thumb pick when playing in this style.asp (1 of 3)07. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Then you can move on to Lightnin' Hopkins. I think of this style as typical of Acoustic Texas Blues Guitar. You play a steady bass. either as quarter notes on the beat or some kind of a shuffle. It is not without reason that this playing technique is a No-No among classical guitar players. But suddenly it works.torvund. the rest of the fingers follows and vice versa. you must apply some right hand damping (see Lesson 4). To get a good rhythm. Many electric blues players fingerpicks. you can move quite freely around the fingerboard. But it is harder to get a strong attack and a driving rhythm. and in my opinion.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-blues_fingerpicking. Experiment. I used to play with a thumb pick.Blues Guitar . Remember that fingerpicking is not only for acoustic guitar.2005 04:02:56 . To learn the basic technique is almost as learning to ride a bicycle: In the beginning it seems almost impossible to keep the balance on the two wheels. and you will never loose the skill. The natural movement of the fingers is to grip. But we are playing blues. it becomes second nature. The only solution to the problem is practice. If you are not used to fingerpicking. but it also stiffens your hand. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. not classical guitar. Many players support their picking hand by resting their little finger on the guitar top. When playing the bass notes on open strings.Rocking Baby Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Fingerpicking makes it easier to play more than one line at the time. In this lesson we will take a first look into blues fingerpicking.01.Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 6 Lesson 12 B: Monotone Bass . and find out what you prefer. We start with the monotone bass technique. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: Monotone Bass in E If you like the site. you will probably have some difficulties getting the fingers on you right hand to work independent of each other. Mance Lipscomb is the player to start with. and we might give higher priority to a driving rhythm.

D.. Bestseller! See more info.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. Written in standard notation and tabulature with a complete explanation of the tab system. It is boring. and counterpoint lines. plus standard notation and tablature. With graded exercises.Blues Guitar . You must have a rock solid thumb. the three companion CDs contain three full hours of note-by-note. syncopated bass. G. the hammer-on and pull-off. Beginning Fingerstyle Blues Guitar by Arnie Berle & M.asp (2 of 3)07. E. q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. phrase-by-phrase instruction. This video lesson has been designed to help beginning and intermediate students of fingerpicking blues guitar enhance their playing skills and expand their repertoires using the alternating bass technique.torvund. and it takes time to develop this. ToC No AM71390 Review: Fingerpicking Country Blues Guitar taught by Stefan Grossman: .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B. G-Boogie ..2005 04:02:56 . Stefan Grossman illustrates and explains in detail ten fingerstyle arrangements in the keys of C.An introduction to blues fingerpicking Download Finale File Start by getting a steady bass line.. blues vibrato. Published by Amsco. A. walking bass. and end tags.. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar http://www. SG98503BCD See more info.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Book and CD. single-string runs.01. 96 pages. More on Basic Blues Fingerpicking Order From: Fingerpicking Country Blues Guitar SheetmusicPlus by Stefan Grossman. and F. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Order DVD from: Order VHS from: SheetmusicPlus SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Fingerstyle Blues. Galbo. illustrated tips.. Beginning Blues Guitar. This book offers a comprehensive collection of fingerpicking guitar lessons.. Focused lessons include: finger. Takes you from the fundamentals of fingerpicking to five authentic blues tunes. that does not get disturbed by what the other fingers are doing. chromatic runs and hot licks.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-blues_fingerpicking. (SG95289VX) See more info.strengthening exercises. In support of the book's contents.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . but a necessary step on the way to learn fingerpicking.8bar blues in A .

An introduction to blues fingerpicking q Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord Alternating bass.net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar .Rocking Baby Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-blues_fingerpicking.2005 04:02:56 .01. See See Rider Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 6 Lesson 12 B: Monotone Bass .asp (3 of 3)07.torvund.

you will often hear that the bass stops.2005 04:02:59 . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. and make sure that the bass is going steady.Lesson 12 B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Happy Traum: Blues Guitar When the bass is going.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-2_blues_fingerpicking. But keep it simple.An introduction to blues fingerpicking Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. When you listen to people who are playing in this style. But the basic principle applies here as in so many other aspects of our lives: Learn how to follow the rules before you start to break them.asp (1 of 3)07.Blues Guitar . Rocking Baby is an example on how you can combine some melody notes with a monotone bass.01.torvund. add a turnaround. etc. Rocking Baby New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. you can try to add some melody notes. Start with adding a single note here and there.

2005 04:02:59 . I use to call it the «Lightnin' Hopkins lick». It is a variation of the "Lightnin' Hopkins lick". but to put it apart. «Boom Boom lick» This lick is often used in John Lee Hooker's Boom Boom.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-2_blues_fingerpicking. I call it the Boom Boom Lick. PDF-File More on Basic Blues Fingerpicking http://www. For this reason.asp (2 of 3)07.torvund.01.An introduction to blues fingerpicking Download Finale File «Lightnin' Hopkins lick» The turnaround lick in Rocking Baby is typical of Lightnin' Hopkins.

. Focused lessons include: finger. D. Beginning Fingerstyle Blues Guitar by Arnie Berle & M. Beginning Blues Guitar.net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. Book and CD. and F. single-string runs. E.. ToC No AM71390 Review: Fingerpicking Country Blues Guitar taught by Stefan Grossman: .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. Alternating bass. chromatic runs and hot licks..8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . phrase-by-phrase instruction. Published by Amsco.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B. blues vibrato. the hammeron and pull-off.An introduction to blues fingerpicking Order From: Fingerpicking Country Blues Guitar SheetmusicPlus by Stefan Grossman. This video lesson has been designed to help beginning and intermediate students of fingerpicking blues guitar enhance their playing skills and expand their repertoires using the alternating bass technique.. and end tags. SG98503BCD See more info.torvund. 96 pages.asp (3 of 3)07. G-Boogie . Takes you from the fundamentals of fingerpicking to five authentic blues tunes..2005 04:02:59 . A. Galbo.strengthening exercises. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. plus standard notation and tablature. illustrated tips..8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . This book offers a comprehensive collection of fingerpicking guitar lessons. Written in standard notation and tabulature with a complete explanation of the tab system. the three companion CDs contain three full hours of note-by-note. (SG95289VX) See more info.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-2_blues_fingerpicking. Fingerstyle Blues. and counterpoint lines. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Order DVD from: Order VHS from: SheetmusicPlus SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.8bar blues in A . Bestseller! See more info.01. In support of the book's contents. Stefan Grossman illustrates and explains in detail ten fingerstyle arrangements in the keys of C. walking bass. With graded exercises. syncopated bass. G.

we simply repeat the second line. 16 (to types) and 24 bar forms.Power Chords The 12-bar format is the most common blues form. the reason why English speaking people cannot understand the story about Johann Sebastian Bach writing (or improvising . Now we will play it as a 16-bar blues.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13-16_bar_blues. as in Germany.torvund. This is.16-bar blues Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .16 bar instrumental in E Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.01.asp (1 of 3)07. give me your vote: See See Rider . In this 16-bar form.) If you like the site. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar We have played See See Rider as a 12-bar blues. and the English Bb is B.2005 04:03:03 .Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Lesson 12 B: Monotoen Bass . In English. In Norway. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. As long as there was only one man and his guitar. by the way. The H7 means B7.he was a master improviser) a fugue based on the theme created by his name: B-A-C-H. and then the whole point of the story has gone. he could add or omit a bar or two without causing problems for any others. the theme would be Bb-A-C-B. the note that is B in English is named H.Rocking Baby Lesson 14: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . As the note H does not exist in English. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: (I have to re-write this into English notation. it does not make sense. You can find 8.Blues Guitar . but there are many others. and many songs will not fit into any of these formats.

2005 04:03:03 .Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13-16_bar_blues.asp (2 of 3)07.16-bar blues Download Finale File PDF-File http://www.torvund.01.

8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . G-Boogie . and it will crash very hard with the G# in the E and E7 chords.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13-16_bar_blues.Blues Guitar .01. Alternating bass. If we move the standard D and D7 chord up two frets.8bar blues in A . E E7 Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . you cannot play the 4th and 5th string. We will come back to these chords in the lessons xx and The moveable D/D7 shape.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.16-bar blues There are many new challenges in this arrangement. It is a note that belongs to the E7.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.asp (3 of 3)07. but the chord usually does not sound good with the 7th in the bass. The 4th string is a D.2005 04:03:03 .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . we get E and E7. When you play E and E7 in these positions. First we have to take a look at some moveable chords. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 12 B: Monotoen Bass . The 5th string is A.Rocking Baby Lesson 13 B Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . You should notice that many turnaround licks starts in this E7 position.net I appreciate comments http://www. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.torvund.Power Chords Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.

The example is based on some of his riffs. both in my Chord Progression series (The lessons are overlapping).Power Chords Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.torvund.01.Power Chords Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Lesson 13 C: With a Taste of Onion Happy Traum: Blues Guitar In this lesson we will take a brief look at some Power Chords.Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . grew up in the Mississippi Delta. You can find a little bit more in my Power Chord lesson. if you do not remember it. But he moved to Chicago. Muddy Waters or McKinley Morganfield that was his real name.2005 04:03:06 . and some other application of the same chord progression in the lesson A Green Onion After Midnight will Change the World. He was discovered by the musicologist Alan Lomax in 1941 and became one of the giants of the blues. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.asp (1 of 3)07. Listen to Hoochie Coochie Man and Mannish Boy for two examples.Blues Guitar .A5-G5-E(5).net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13B-Smoky_Onions. and the music moved with him. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Muddy's Son of a Boogie Retailers: If you like the site. His playing shows the development from the Delta to the City. And repeat the The "Hoochie Coochie Lick" in the first lessons in this series. with the chords E(5) .

as they have only two notes. Inc.5x8. you have to damp out the 5th string. It is indicated with an X in the diagram.asp (2 of 3)07. chord book. the root and the fifth.Blues Guitar . Book. You do this by left hand damping.A Basic Guide SheetmusicPlus by Corey Christiansen.2005 04:03:06 . Rock.Power Chords Download Finale File The 5-chords are often called power chords. ToC No MB20026 Review: For more on Powerchords. meaning that you rest one finger on the string to prevent it from ringing. When playing G5 as shown in the diagram.01. Gig Savers. Order from: Gig Savers: Power Chords . Size 5. It means that they are neither major nor minor. For Guitar (Electric). unsettled sound. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13B-Smoky_Onions. Level: Beginning. and have some kind of an open. and listen to the difference made by the third. Listen to E5. E and Em. Strictly speaking. they are not proper chords. See more info. go to: http://www...

Blues Guitar .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Lesson 13 C: With a Taste of Onion Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .01.2005 04:03:06 .asp (3 of 3)07.Power Chords q q Chords: Power 5 chords Chords.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks . Power 4 chords q q Blues Guitar: Smokey Metal and Muddy Onions Progressions: Onion After Midnight q q Progressions: With A Taste of Onion Books on Power Chords Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13B-Smoky_Onions.

Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.asp (1 of 2)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13C-Smoky_Onions.Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me With a Taste of Onion Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.01.Power Chords Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .Blues Guitar .2005 04:03:08 . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 B Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .torvund.

and you can choose either the F5-pos played with your 1st finger on 6th string.. If you play the F5-pos in 5th fret.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . go to: q q Chords: Power 5 chords Chords. See more info. As usual. with Steve Cropper on guitar.Power Chords Download Finale File PDF-File You can hear the same chords in Green Onion. ToC No MB20026 Review: For more on Powerchords. chord book. Level: Beginning.2005 04:03:08 .Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. You have to use moveable positions.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .Blues Guitar . the B-chord gives us some difficulties.. 7th fret.A Basic Guide SheetmusicPlus by Corey Christiansen. Published by Mel Bay Publications. 16 pages.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13C-Smoky_Onions. Power 4 chords q q Blues Guitar: Smokey Metal and Muddy Onions Progressions: Onion After Midnight q q Progressions: With A Taste of Onion Books on Power Chords Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson techniques Blues Guitar Lesson Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson Blues Guitar Lesson Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson shuffle 3B: Damping 4: The Shuffle 4B: E-Shuffle 4C: The Hoochie 5: The harmonized q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks . Gig Savers.torvund. Inc. For Guitar (Electric). Size 5. F5-pos Bb5-pos Order from: Gig Savers: Power Chords .5x8. you get the A5 chord.asp (2 of 2)07. played by Booker T and the MGs. Book.01. or the Bb5-pos with 1st finger on 5th string 2nd fret.net I appreciate comments http://www.Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 13 B Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . Rock.

Published by Hal Leonard. See more info. If you like the site. Size 5. chord book.. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Book.. Signature Licks (Authentic guitar transcriptions in notes and tab). Rock.introduction You Nearly Got Me This is not blues.. 64 pages. With notes and tablature.Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Lesson 13 C Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .. By Dave Rubin.asp (1 of 2)07. ToC No HL695553 Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK http://www. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Download Finale File Order from: Gig Savers: Power Chords .Power Chords Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: Download Finale File Fog on the Water The last example is based on the song that drives every music store employee mad:Deep Purple's Smoke On The Water. Performed by The Kinks. which is one of the classic power-chord tunes. Book and CD package. Gig Savers. I have made up a bass-theme derived from the smoky original.2005 04:03:11 .A Basic Guide SheetmusicPlus by Corey Christiansen.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13D-Smoky_Onions. 16 pages.01. ToC No MB20026 Review: The Kinks A Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Guitar Styles and Techniques of Dave and Ray Davies. It is based on The Kinks You Really Got Me.Power Chords Lesson 14: Blues in A . See more info. For Guitar (Electric). Inc. Published by Mel Bay Publications.torvund. Size 9x12 inches. Level: Beginning.Blues Guitar .5x8. but I will nevertheless include it.

See more info..asp (2 of 2)07.Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .Blues Guitar .Greatest Hits A Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Guitar Style and Techniques of Ritchie Blackmore.. go to: q q Chords: Power 5 chords Chords.Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 13 C Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . Published by Hal Leonard. By Troy Stetina. Size 9x12 inches.Power Chords Lesson 14: Blues in A . Power 4 chords q q Blues Guitar: Smokey Metal and Muddy Onions Progressions: Onion After Midnight q q Progressions: With A Taste of Onion Books on Power Chords Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson techniques Blues Guitar Lesson Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson Blues Guitar Lesson Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson shuffle 3B: Damping 4: The Shuffle 4B: E-Shuffle 4C: The Hoochie 5: The harmonized q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . Book and CD package.01.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13D-Smoky_Onions.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .introduction Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Performed by Deep Purple. ToC No HL695625 Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK For more on Powerchords. With notes and tablature.2005 04:03:11 . Signature Licks (Authentic guitar transcriptions in notes and tab).net I appreciate comments http://www.Power Chords Deep Purple .

asp (1 of 3)07.torvund.introduction Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me Lesson 14B: Rocking Bill We will leave the key of E for a while. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. but we will return to the key later. But first we must make sure that we know the chords and the basic chord progressions.01. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter 12 bar blues Type 1 in A The 12-bar blues progression 1 in A. IV=D(7) and V7 is E7.Blues Guitar . give me your vote: From this you do of course understand that the blues progression 2 will be like this: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. is: Retailers: 12 bar blues Type 2 in A If you like the site. In A we will not run into the same kind of trouble as we did in E each time we were coming to the B7 chord. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar A is also a good key for soloing.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14-Blues_in_A-intro. In A the three basic chords are: I=A (A7). One advantage of the key is that you have the root of all basic chords on open strings. The key of A is another favorite key for blues guitar players.Lesson 14: Blues in A .Blues in A .introduction Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . We will start looking at blues scales in this key.2005 04:03:14 . with turnaround chord.

2005 04:03:14 .asp (2 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14-Blues_in_A-intro.Blues in A . Download all files as a zip-file. They are long 10-15 minutes.12B2 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2.Blues Guitar . Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb 12-bar blues http://www. For more information. 90 and 120).12B2T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2 with Turnaround chord. They are in 8 keys and three tempos (65. D7 I give you the same backing tracks to play with that you have met before Backing Track . which makes them boring as listening track. Use them to get the sound of the cords.introduction There is only one new chord. This new chord is D7. For more information. but I include it just to be sure. For more information. and as backing tracks.12B1 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1.torvund. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . You find some examples here. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . but good for practise.12B1T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1 with Turnaround chord. as we are following the circle of fifths from key to key. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. For more information. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. Download all files as a zip-file. But we will come back to other voicings in a blues context in future lessons.01. I guess that you know it. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. There are many ways to finger the D7 chord. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.

Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.01.Blues Guitar .2005 04:03:14 .introduction q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me Lesson 14B: Rocking Bill Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .Blues in A .BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .asp (3 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14-Blues_in_A-intro.

2005 04:03:16 .torvund. among other things. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Listen to his version of Matchbox. wrote Blue Suede Shoes).Blues Guitar .Blues in A . Carl Perkinsis not a blues guitarist. Blind Lemon Jefferson recorded the tune many years before Carl Perkins was born. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. In fact the most well known tune after Blue Suede Shoes that is often credited Carl Perkins. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. and you will hear some of it.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14B-A-Rocking Bill.introduction Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . is a tune originally by Blind Lemon Jefferson.introduction Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Happy Traum: Blues Guitar This arrangement reminds me of Carl Perkins (who.01. But Roackabilly is very much blues based.Lesson 14B: Rocking Bill Lesson 14: Blues in A .asp (1 of 3)07.

.01.. Level: Intermediate. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Blues Guitar . 40 pages.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14B-A-Rocking Bill. Size 8.introduction Moderate tempo Faster PDF-File I have recorded the tune at a modreate tempo and at a faster tempo.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues . (SG98512BCD) See more info.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.75x11. so you should experiment.75.2005 04:03:16 . Book/CD package.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Rhythm Playing http://www. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. Grossman Audio.asp (2 of 3)07.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . Rockabilly Guitar by Fred Sokolow. Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) Amazon UK 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .Blues in A .torvund. The character will change with different tempos. 1950s.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14B-A-Rocking Bill.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .torvund.introduction Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:03:16 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 14: Blues in A .introduction q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .01.Blues Guitar .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .asp (3 of 3)07.Blues in A .net I appreciate comments http://www.

Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . I assume that your thumb has got some independence.2005 04:03:19 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15-monotone_bass_in_A. This time we will work with the Blues progression 2. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Monotone Bass in A Retailers: If you like the site. now in the key of A. the 4th string is D (IV) and the 6th string is E (V).Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Lesson 14B: Rocking Bill Lesson 15 B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Happy Traum: Blues Guitar As said in the previous lesson. we go another round with only the bass notes. one advantage of the key of A is that we have the root of each chord on open strings. But just to be sure.Blues Guitar .torvund. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.01. We will not run into the same kind of problems as we did in E each time we had to play the B7-chord. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.asp (1 of 2)07. The 5th string is A (I).

2005 04:03:19 .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. Alternating bass.01.asp (2 of 2)07.Blues Guitar .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15-monotone_bass_in_A. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 14B: Rocking Bill Lesson 15 B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.torvund. G-Boogie .net I appreciate comments http://www.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Download Finale File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15B-monotone_bass_in_A.2005 04:03:21 . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. But we move on to an arrangement called Betty Blues. The actual turnaround in the arrangement is one that is very typical of Robert Johnson.01.torvund. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 2)07. which should give you some challenges. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Lesson 15 C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Happy Traum: Blues Guitar This should not be to difficult. Note that I have included an intro. which is nothing but a turnaround phrase played as an intro.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .

Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Lesson 15 C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15B-monotone_bass_in_A. Alternating bass.asp (2 of 2)07.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Download Finale File PDF-File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . G-Boogie .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.Blues Guitar .net I appreciate comments http://www.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.01.2005 04:03:21 .8bar blues in A .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .

If you move the Lightnin' Hopkins Lick up 5 frets. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.torvund. is that many positions are moveable. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.01. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Instrumental in A The next tune is an instrumental in A put together from some standard licks. licks etc in one key.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . you are in the key of A.Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Lesson 15 B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord One of the nice features of the guitar. Once you have learned positions.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15C-monotone_bass_in_A.asp (1 of 3)07. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. then you can (often) move them into other keys.2005 04:03:24 .

Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 15 B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord http://www.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .asp (2 of 3)07.Blues Guitar .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . Alternating bass.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Download Finale File PDF-File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . G-Boogie .01.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.torvund.2005 04:03:24 . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15C-monotone_bass_in_A.

torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15C-monotone_bass_in_A.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.asp (3 of 3)07.net I appreciate comments http://www.2005 04:03:24 .Blues Guitar .

If you like the site. 3rd and 4th string from 1st to 2nd fret. Then you can put you 4th finger on 1st string.01. I have thrown in many challenges. You fret strings 2.2005 04:03:29 .Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord Lesson 15 C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. 3rd fret to get A7. Then you see that you can alter easily between A and A7.Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 4)07. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The chord shape called the "long A" is very useful. 5th fret to get A and The 2nd finger on 1st string.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/16-Long_A. The intro is a turnaround lick based on the Long A. The key is to slide a partial barré over 2nd. 3 and 4 (and actually 1st string too) with your index finger. Retailers: A A7 In the arrangement of Going Down Slow.The "Long A" chord Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . (as was in fact the turnaround in the previous lesson's Betty Blues as well). and you have a few nice licks right under your fingers.torvund. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/16-Long_A.2005 04:03:29 . http://www.torvund.The "Long A" chord Download Finale File PDF-File The first bar of the 12-bar blues is built around the long A.asp (2 of 4)07. Again it is a Blues progression 2.Blues Guitar .01. but in bar 2 we go to a D9 chord. fingered as a moveable C7-shape.

When I say usually it means that we can use some open strings in some positions. as the name indicates. then with your 3rd and finally with your 4th finger. you can use the open 1st string. It will usually have no open strings. The trick is to fret the 1st string 5th fret first with your 1st finger. The lick in bar 7 is really tricky.01. G#/Ab. but here you have to be careful with your fingering to play it smooth.2005 04:03:29 . it is a C7 chord. Then comes a fill in lick. even if it belongs to the chord. As shown in the diagram. go to xxxx). The last one is not easy to label. we play no open strings. That is why it is called the C7-shape When payed in this position. you get a D7. which is the 3rd of the C chord.Blues Guitar . We do however play the open 1st string in this bar. and you have the E7. It gives an E.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/16-Long_A. but I will call it Bm7. You actually play an descending blues scale in the Long A position. etc. Now the open E-strings (1st and 6th) are the root. In D7. and then we move down two frets to D7. You do actually get a series of chords here too. The turnaround is basically the same as the fill-in in bar 3. but it does not sound very good. In bar 9 and 10 we use the Moveable C7-shape again. We start with an E7. A (where the open E-string will be the 5th of the chord). be moved up and down the neck. and you see how it smoothly changes to A7. but I think of it more as a lick than a series of chords.asp (3 of 4)07. and move them down until you come to the "long A" again. which you should finger with 1st and 2nd finger. which gave us a D9. You have the E at the 6th string as well. F#/Gb . the next is a partial F7 (or Adim). (For an explanation of the 9th chord.The "Long A" chord A moveable chord can. G.torvund. fingered with 1st finger at 1st fret. which we of course can play with the chord. You can read more about the challenges of naming the m7 chords in the lesson on the I-ii http://www. Go up two more steps. Just keep the A-chord in the beginning. If you move it up two frets. The first is A. You can continue up the neck to F.

net I appreciate comments http://www.8bar blues in A .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.01. G-Boogie . Alternating bass. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 15 C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .The "Long A" chord progression A Notice that it is the sonic shapePartial F F7 (or Adim) Notice that it is the sonic shape D7 Bm7 This is the sonic shape Middle D Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.2005 04:03:29 .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/16-Long_A.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.asp (4 of 4)07.Blues Guitar .

F7 and then Adim7 one more time. It is some kind of a "pre-turnaround". D7. just play the D7 If you like the site. Note that you do not move the 3rd and 4th finger through the changes.Blues Guitar . or as part of D7 and A(7). The main lick is a shuffle on 2nd and 3rd string. It is a minor third between the notes.asp (1 of 3)07. Just for confusion: The dim7 is a symmetric chord.A shuffle solo Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . So the same chord can be labeled Cdim7. In bar 10 there is a sequence of chords instead of just the D7 chord. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter A D A7 D7 Retailers: Adim7 D7 F7 Instrumental break to Betty Blues Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. you get the main positions for The Beatles' Doctor Robert Over the D-chord.torvund. And you will se from the tab that you slide the lick down at the end of each bar. you just move the whole lick up 5 frets.a simplified blues scale The next arrangement is Betty Blues. If you play the A7fragment on 3rd and 4t string.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/17-A_shuffle_solo. Look at it as part of an A chord and part of a D-chord.Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale .2005 04:03:34 . It is a very useful lick.01. If you find it too difficult. and then the D at the same string. D#dim7 or Adim7. give me your vote: Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. and you will often hear it in rockabilly music. no matter what you choose as root. The chords are Adim7.

torvund.A shuffle solo http://www.asp (2 of 3)07.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/17-A_shuffle_solo.Blues Guitar .2005 04:03:34 .

a simplified blues scale Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .2005 04:03:34 .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.torvund.8bar blues in A .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.A shuffle solo Download Finale File PDF-File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .01.Blues Guitar . Alternating bass. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/17-A_shuffle_solo.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale .asp (3 of 3)07.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. G-Boogie .

So do not get too confused if you see the same boxes with other numbers.a simplified blues scale Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . These scale box positions are all moveable. that is why it is called penta-tonic (penta=five) Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.01.asp (1 of 3)07.at least no standard I am aware of. 3rd finger on 7th fret and 4th finger on 8th fret.2005 04:03:36 . We move down. 3b=minor 3rd. give me your vote: Don't get too confused by the fact that I am labeling the next box as box position 5. And it consists of only 5 tones.Blues Guitar . It has a 3b. When playing scales.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/18-The_minor_pentatonic_scale-a.torvund. You do of course understand that numbers behind the nut (over the box) indicates note on open strings. I am presenting a few boxes in reverse order. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Box 5 Box 4O http://www. but they will come). The third box I will present in this box is box position 4O.The minor pentatonic scale Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . When you have learned this scale in A. you need to know the minor pentatonic scale. There is no common standard for numbering these boxes . The scale position .the blues scale If you want to play a solo. 4=fourth. I call this box position box position 1.often known as box position spans over 4 frets. and play the box from 2nd to fifth fret. Retailers: A-pentatonic Box position 1 If you like the site. 2nd on 6th (no notes on sixth fret here. 1=root. 5=fifth and 7b=minor seventh. Use one finger for each fret: 1st finger on 5th fret. you can play in any key just by moving the whole box up or down the neck. but to the note of the scale counted up from the root.Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . but I keep the label). and there are 5 boxes in total. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Now the number in the diagram no longer refers to fingers. An open string position is not moveable. I add an "O" to indicate that we now have open strings (and it is really not a box. which makes it a minor scale. try to keep your hand movement at a minimum.

For more information. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Blues Scales / Minor Pentatonic Scales Blues Guitar Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/18-The_minor_pentatonic_scale-a. you can set the number of the bar you want to start from. go to the Finale versions. Both are 8 choruses of slow 12 bar blues in A. I give you the same backing tracks to play with that you have met before Backing Track . go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. You need to practice these scales. For more information. which makes them boring as listening track. Use them to get the sound of the cords. For more information. and it will forgive every mistake you make. that in the Finale files. Download all files as a zip-file.2005 04:03:36 . and as backing tracks. It is more fun to have living musicians to play with . Now it is time to tell. They are in 8 keys and three tempos (65.01.12B2T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2 with Turnaround chord.12B1T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1 with Turnaround chord.the blues scale http://www. 90 and 120). Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . I have included two Band-InA-Box files (have you downloaded the Free Player?). 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . and practising scales on your own is boring. Download all files as a zip-file. For more information. in case you have not discovered it already. but good for practise. You do not have to start with hearing the box 5 MIDI first each time. But the Finale files are more patient. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. and/or be able to hear it as a MIDI file.torvund.the blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Blues Guitar Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Blues Guitar Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open D tuning Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open G tuning Books and videos on Scales q q q q q q q q Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" .12B2 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2. and the second is Blues Progression 2.The minor pentatonic scale If you want the scale written out in tabulature. They are long 10-15 minutes.Blues Guitar .a simplified blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" .12B1 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1.asp (2 of 3)07. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . the first is Blues Progression 1. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.

01.asp (3 of 3)07.2005 04:03:36 .Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/18-The_minor_pentatonic_scale-a.The minor pentatonic scale Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.torvund.

Blues Scales / Minor Pentatonic Scales Blues Guitar Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . despite it's simple form.a simplified blues scale Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale http://www.a simplified blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . we looked at the minor pentatonic scale.40: Chromatic Bloomfield.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/19-The_Blue_notes-the_blues_scale.Blues Guitar .box 1 blues -box 5 Michael Bloomfieldused a lot of flatted fifths (and chromatic notes) in his playing. costing from $ 1 to $ 2. It is a minor scale.asp (1 of 2)07. but it is usually played over major chords.torvund.01.Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . the 5bare marked as blue circles. sometimes as hammer-onand sometimes as normal fretted notes.the blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Blues Guitar Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Blues Guitar Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open D tuning Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open G tuning Books and videos on Scales q q q q q q q q Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale A- A- A- blues . or 5bnote. In the diagram. You can also bend or hammer-on the 4thand by this raising it so a 5b.box 4O blues .the blues scale Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale .blues scale Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Blues Guitar . and it gets more character. you will find three of Andy Ellis'lessons from Guitar Player Magazineon TruefireThese are downloadable PDF and MP3 files. Full Bloom 1and Full Bloom 2. The first note is the flatted fifth. If you want to look a little closer on his playing style.Blue notes . In the previous lesson. Add it to the scale. is the unsettled tonality. We can add a few notes to the pentatonic minor.2005 04:03:40 . Sometimes you will do it with a bend.a simplified blues scale One feature that makes blues interesting. The 3band 7bnotes might be raised to a 3or 7. to make it a proper blues scale.

Blue notes .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/19-The_Blue_notes-the_blues_scale.01.Blues Guitar .blues scale Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.torvund.2005 04:03:40 .net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (2 of 2)07.

net I appreciate comments http://www. If you go back to the arrangement of Going Down Slow from lesson 16. Just keep the partial barré with your first finger.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/20-Long_A_and_blues_scale. We will look more into relations between scales and chords later. Now we will only look at the relation between Long A and A minor pentatonic scale and A-blues scale.the blues scale Lesson 21: Blues scale in E The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. we had a difficult descending run in bar 7. both in Box 5 position.the blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Blues Guitar Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Blues Guitar Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open D tuning Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open G tuning Books and videos on Scales q q q q q If you like the site.The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .torvund. The numbers in red an blue circles indicates the scale degree of the note. This is the A minor pentatonic box 5 played from a Long A chord.01. and play some scale licks. give me your vote: q q q Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Home Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" .the blues scale Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Blues Guitar . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter We have already done what I am going to explain in this lesson. with indication of which fingers to use. keep the 5th string open (unless you are playing a lick on it). The numbering starts to get confusing. The black circles with numbers indicates the fingering of the Long A.2005 04:03:43 .a simplified blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" .Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . The change from Long A to A7 is just the beginning of this scale lick.asp07. Retailers: Blues Scales / Minor Pentatonic Scales Blues Guitar Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . but it is not as difficult as it may look.

I thought you would recognize that some of the shuffle noteswhere missing. box 3 I give you the same backing tracks to play with that you have met before http://www. in addition to the notes we used in the Ablues scale.Blues scale in E Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Blues Guitar . 4th fret.Blues Guitar . it depends .Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions As we have said... and then the same box with all the added notes. the blues scales are moveable. box 2 Minor pentatonic. and it should come as no surprise that these are Box 2and Box 3.. You will also notice that I have included an alternative fingering of one of the 5ths. Box 1 E blues scale. E minor pentatonic.. And you may notice that I have added the 6th. box 3 Blues scale. The blues will not rest on a 6th note. You will often hear 6th notes played. ehr. and then try to include the flat 5. but now we move it all the way down the neck.01. box 2 Blues scale.2005 04:03:45 . I have made two boxes: One with just the E pentatonic minor. We start with Box 1. and one where I have added all the other notes.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/21-Blues_scale_in_E. And the answer is something like no. You can either play it on 3rd string. and then some bends and some other notes.. Box 1 I will present two other box-positions in E. This is the blues scale in E.torvund.. Learn to play the minor pentatonic first.. maybe. I will first present the minor pentatonic. or on the open 2nd string. and ask if they do not belong to the scale. well.asp (1 of 2)07. where it includes open strings. Minor pentatonic. but mainly as passing notes.

90 and 120). For more information. but good for practise.torvund. For more information. Download all files as a zip-file. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track .12B2T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2 with Turnaround chord.12B1 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1.a simplified blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" .the blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Blues Guitar Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Blues Guitar Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open D tuning Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open G tuning Books and videos on Scales q q q q q q q q Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues scale in E Backing Track . Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . Use them to get the sound of the cords.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/21-Blues_scale_in_E. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. They are long 10-15 minutes. For more information. Download all files as a zip-file. and as backing tracks. which makes them boring as listening track.12B1T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1 with Turnaround chord.net I appreciate comments http://www. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. For more information. They are in 8 keys and three tempos (65.12B2 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2.01.2005 04:03:45 . go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.asp (2 of 2)07.Blues Guitar . Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Blues Scales / Minor Pentatonic Scales Blues Guitar Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale .

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. I have presented all the boxes in the keys E and A.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/22-Pentatonic_boxes_in_all_positions. I have isolated each box-position besides the 15 frets diagram.asp (1 of 4)07. To make it a little bit easier.torvund.Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .01. The boxes are overlapping. maybe it only adds to the confusion . while the border is orange. I have tried to color-code the boxes.Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Lesson 23: The moveable D / D7 shape Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Now it is time to see how these boxes goes together... I have tried to mark that by making the interior blue and green. I hope you see that dots with two colors belong to more than one box. There is actually one dot that is being used in three different positions..Blues Guitar . Maybe it helps. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The first set of diagrams is for the key of E Retailers: Box 1 Open If you like the site. give me your vote: Box 2 Box 3 Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Box 4 Box 5 Box 1 Then we apply the same boxes to the key of A http://www. and it is not too easy to identify each box.2005 04:03:53 .

Taught by Bruce Saunders. ToC No MI695680 Review: Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Order from: Jazz Pentatonics SheetmusicPlus Advanced Improvising Concepts for Guitar. If not. but when it is done.. Practise these boxes until you can play them on "auto pilot" while having a conversation. When you have learned these five box positions. ToC No MB20416BCD Review: http://www.. Book/CD Set. Size 8. Musicians Institute Press (Instruction taken from the curriculum of MI).. But you should by now be able to put them into the boxes. Licks and Soloing Techniques.01.asp (2 of 4)07. For a Norwegian. improvisation. then you can play the minor pentatonic and the blues scale in all 12 keys. 48 pages. the world opens up. it is tempting to use cross country skiing as a metaphor for the learning curve. Book & CD Package.Blues Guitar .75. It might take some effort to get there.75x11.2005 04:03:53 . Level: Intermediate-Advanced. See more info. Size 9x12 inches. You have to go up hill for some time to get to the mountain plateau.Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Box 4 Open Box 5 Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 I have not put in any of the blue notes. 48 pages. Amazon UK For Guitar (All). But when you are there..net/guitar/BluesGuitar/22-Pentatonic_boxes_in_all_positions. Jazz. See more info. With notes and tablature.torvund. Inc. Published by Mel Bay Publications. By Robert Calva. review lesson 19 and lesson 21. Private Lessons Series. you can go skiing for hours at a nice and comfortable pace. Blues/Rock Soloing for Guitar A Guide to the Essential Scales.

5x8..01. 16 pages..75. rock & blues. See more info. ToC No MB20025 Review: Order from: Major Pentatonic Scales For Guitar SheetmusicPlus English Edition. ToC No CP285 Review: Order from: Rock scales For Guitar SheetmusicPlus With Tablature. Size 8. Level: Beginning. Book/CD package. 32 pages. See more info..asp (3 of 4)07. blue scales. Frank Zappa. Rock. It covers MusicRoom pentatonic scales.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/22-Pentatonic_boxes_in_all_positions.. Published by Hal Leonard. Stevie Ray Vaughan. Published by Hal Leonard. See more info.. See more info. Guitar Educational. 40 pages. country.Blues Guitar . Scales. featuring those popularized by Jimi Hendrix. Gig Savers.75x11. Size 9x12 inches. Scales.. Published by Mel Bay Publications. Size 5.. Nuno Bettencourt. Size 4. ToC No HL695013 Order from: Minor Pentatonic Scales for Guitar SheetmusicPlus English Edition.torvund. Size 9x12 inches. Scales. Level: Beginning. This book is the natural continuation and completion of the process Steve began in his book Contemporary Chord Khancepts. ToC No HL695014 Order from: Rock Lead Scales for Guitar SheetmusicPlus by Mike Christiansen. Pocket Guide.. Published by Centerstream Publications. 24 pages...5x12 inches.. See more info. funk. Published by Hal Leonard. By Chad Johnson.2005 04:03:53 . Inc. Size 4. Size 9x12 inches... Scales. 48 pages. Hal Leonard Guitar Method. Also included are tables showing where to find the right scales in any key. For electric guitar. 48 pages.Killer Pentatonics for Guitar SheetmusicPlus Book and CD package.. Book MusicRoom and CD package. ToC No WB0667B Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Order from: Pentatonic Scales for Guitar SheetmusicPlus The Essential Guide. See more info. latin. Guitar. Scales.. Published by Hal Leonard. ToC No HL699164 Order from: The Ultimate Rock Guitar Scale Finder SheetmusicPlus This companion volume to The Ultimate Rock Guitar Chord Finder helps players figure out the Scales if they know the chords. and all types of rock scales. Scales. Published by Warner Brothers. Book.rock. Published by Hal Leonard.A Basic Guide SheetmusicPlus by Corey Christiansen. (WB0667B) See more info. Inc.. jazz and alternative.. ToC No HL695699 Order from: Gig Savers: Rock Scales . For Guitar (Electric). Steve shares his unique approach to improvising for guitarists of all genres .Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions . all of the modes. ToC No MB96538BCD Order from: Dave Celentano .. In this new book. 48 pages.. 16 pages.5x12 inches. plus numerous play-along tracks for you to use as you practice and hone your impovisational skills. With notes and tablature. See more info. Includes a CD of music examples. and Steve Vai.Pentatonic Khancepts Scales. Published by Mel Bay Pub. Pocket Guide. Value Line. ToC No HL697235 http://www. Rock. See more info. Size 9x12 inches. By John Stix and Yoichi Arakawa. Technique. technique. With notes and tablature.

By Matt Scharfglass. guitar. Published by Amsco. Buk diagrams the minor and major pentatonic scales in standard notation and tabulature up and down the fretboard. Guitar Method.. ToC No AM948805 Review: Order from: Improvising 1 Rock Scale SoloingModern Record Included SheetmusicPlus Fretted instrument method/supplement (Guitar).Blues Guitar . 160 pages. 4. See more info. Published by Carl Fischer.5 x 12. He additionally presents some nice little riffs along with each position. Published by Warner Brothers. combining patterns and scales. Mr.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/22-Pentatonic_boxes_in_all_positions.Practical Pentatonics (Guitar) SheetmusicPlus Practical Pentatonics is an excellent introduction to the pentatonic Amazon UK scales. Kadmon.. softcover..net I appreciate comments http://www. 52 pages. arpeggios..the blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Blues Guitar Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Blues Guitar Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open D tuning Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open G tuning Books and videos on Scales q q q q q q q q Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Further references Ls:G1 2004-05. 44 pages. Ls:GT 2002-08 Lesson 23: The moveable D / D7 shape GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund..Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Order from: Askold Buk . See more info..01. he introduces some useful techniques such as string bending. See more info. ToC Review: Order from: SheetmusicPlus Amazon UK No CFHPB8 Blues Scales / Minor Pentatonic Scales Blues Guitar Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale .5 x 12..a simplified blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" .torvund.asp (4 of 4)07. After introducing us to the pentatonics.2005 04:03:53 . Published by Amsco. ToC No WBPMP00003 Review: Pentatonics And Power Chords By A. ToC No AM931326 Review: Order from: The Gig Bag Book Of Practical Pentatonics For All Guitarists SheetmusicPlus Scales. 4. See more info.. string skipping and more.

Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter We will start with the D7-fingering that was presented in Lesson 14. but it is nice to know. With this chord. The chord shape at the far right is actually a C-shape played over a partial barré in 2nd fret. If you make a side-step to my Fingering of the G-chord lesson. you will see that you can make a rather smooth change from D to G and vice versa with this fingering. move it up some frets if you feel that your fingers are too short.2005 04:03:57 . this might be a good fingering. It is a bit hard to finger. Retailers: The next fingering starts from a position where you make a partial barré on 2nd fret over 1st. You can go to 4th string. This position leaves you with your 3rd and 4th fingers free.torvund. But usually a fingering with 1st. As it is a closed position. If you like the site. It is also easy to move the 1st and 2nd finger across for a simple fingering of the A7 chord. You can go to 1st string 5th fret with your 4th finger. But this simple chord shape is very useful. and then finger 2nd string 3rd fret with 2nd finger. you should see that the C-shape and the D-shape are closely related.The moveable D / D7 shape Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . 2nd and 3rd string. Use the same trick as I recommended for the shuffle. 4th fret with your 3rd finger. you can move it around.Blues Guitar . 2nd and 3rd finger is better. or you can play 2nd fret as part of the barré.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/23-The_moveable_D-D7_shape.Lesson 23: The moveable D / D7 shape Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Lesson 24: 8-bar blues The D chord is often the first chord people learn to play.asp (1 of 3)07. If you are changing between D and D7. http://www. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites We start from the last fingering in the row above. From there you can get to the D-chord by fretting the 2nd string 3rd fret with you 4th finger. You can do this while keeping the 4th finger on 1st string 5th fret.01.

Here it is written in D. and you will find an arrangemet based on this chord shape.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/23-The_moveable_D-D7_shape. This is a closed voicing on inner strings. it is the chords and not the fingerpicking that is important. Go back to to Lesson 13: 16-bar blues. It is of course movable.Blues Guitar . you are in E. Listen to Eric Clapton's unplugged version of Before You Accuse Me for an example where this chord-shape is used in a 12-bar blues in E. You should notice that it is all within the last chord in the previous row. As an E-chord. is up two frets. Chord shuffle lick This is a shuffle lick based on the D-shape. The only move we will do in this lesson. Add another five frets (starting at 9th fret). Closed voicing mean that you do not play any open strings. Be careful with open strings when you start to move the chord around. But in this lesson.01. Before You Accuse me and other songs If you want to look more into Eric Clapton'sBefore You Accuse Me and other unplugged blues.asp (2 of 3)07. But if you move it up two frets. But the A and D string will not work with this chord (unless you expand it with some of the fingerings shown for the D-chord) I do not indicate any fingering this time. From the discussion on fingering of the D-chord. you can of course use the open E-string.torvund.The moveable D / D7 shape There is one more fingering I will present. take a will recommend: http://www. It gives you the first inversion of the D-chord. and their pros and cons. Click here for a 12 bar blues in E based on moveable D-shape and Long A in Finale format [not there yet]. before we start to move around. You can also notice that it is the chord that we played as part of the harmonized shuffle from the Achord. This will give us the E or E7 chord. you should be able to see the various possibilities.2005 04:03:57 . and you are in A. It is written as a fingerpicking arrangement with monotone bass. so it is really a fraction of this chord.

With standard guitar notation. guitar chord diagrams. Blues rock and adult contemporary. Published by Hal Leonard. Series: Hal Leonard . Blues rock and adult contemporary.01. written by Wolf Marshall.. guitar tablature. Performed by Eric Clapton. Bestseller! introductory text. guitar tablature..net I appreciate comments http://www. 112 pages. lyrics. (HL694869) See more info. guitar chord diagrams and guitar notation legend. See more info. For guitar.. vocal melody. chord names. lyrics. Acoustic Rock. Format: guitar tablature songbook. 9x12 inches. Series: Hal Leonard Guitar Recorded Versions. vocal melody.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/23-The_moveable_D-D7_shape. instructional text and performance notes. guitar notation legend.The moveable D / D7 shape Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Signature Licks. 72 pages.torvund. For guitar and voice.. chord names. Published by Hal Leonard.Blues Guitar . 9x12 inches. Performed by Eric Clapton. Transcribed by Jesse Gress.asp (3 of 3)07. With standard guitar notation. Order from: SheetmusicPlus From MusicRoom Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Lesson 24: 8-bar blues Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:03:57 . Includes instructional book and examples CD. ToC No HL695250 Review: Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Acoustic Rock.

01.torvund. For more information. Use them to get the sound of the cords. They are long 10-15 minutes. but good for practise. Other songs are Crow Jane and Sliding Delta.8-bar blues Lesson 23: The moveable D / D7 shape Lesson 24 B: 8-bar blues in A The 8-bar blues is another standard progression. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter V7 V7 IV I IV V7 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar 8-bar blues in E In E this will be: E E B7 B7 A(7) E A(7) B7 Note the use of Moveable D/D7 shape and Long A in the following arrangement of an 8-bar blues in E. which makes them boring as listening track.asp (1 of 3)07.8-bar blues Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Download all files as a zip-file. They are in 8 keys and three tempos (65. with the following chord structure: I I New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. 90 and 120). 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Retailers: If you like the site.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25-8_bar_blues. give me your vote: 8-bar Blues in E Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. The most well known song with this progression is probably Big Bill Broonzy's Key To The Highway. The progression has two lines. Backing Track B8 These are MIDI backing tracks of 8-bar Blues.2005 04:03:59 . and as backing tracks.

8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.8-bar blues Download Finale File PDF-File More on 8-bar blues in E The magazine Acoustic Guitar has put some lessons on the net.8bar blues in A – Come Back Baby q Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons http://www. and they do of course hope that you will like the lessons.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25-8_bar_blues. Among the lessons are one on Crow Jane. sound files etc.asp (2 of 3)07. They are taken from books that they publish.Blues Guitar . Other blues progessions (than the 12-bar Blues) q q Progressions: 8.2005 04:03:59 . 16 and 24 bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . The lessons are complete.torvund.01. want some more and buy the books. written bySteve James. with tab.8-bar blues in A Blues Guitar 24 C.based on Skip James' recording of the theme.

Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. G-Boogie . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.2005 04:03:59 .net I appreciate comments http://www.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 23: The moveable D / D7 shape Lesson 24 B: 8-bar blues in A Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.Blues Guitar .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .torvund.8-bar blues q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25-8_bar_blues.01. Alternating bass.

asp (1 of 3)07. The song is recorded by many artists.2005 04:04:02 . but the arrangement that has been most popular is . was done by Jack Dupree. It is a variation of an 8bar form in A. Bert Jansch and Stefan Grossman.jazzy 7th chords Open Chords Sign up for the Newsletter to get information on new lessons. at least in Europe.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25C-8_bar_blues.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Lesson 24 B: 8-bar blues in A Pony Blues New Lessons q q q q q Come Back Baby Happy Traum: Blues Guitar q q New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. q Open C Tuning Silent Night in Open C Tuning Minor Blues Reading Music .Reading Chords Blues Turnarounds A Chord Excercise .Blues Guitar .to my knowledge . but is different from "Key to the Highway". The first recording I know. Retailers: If you like the site. Davey Graham.torvund. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Dave van Ronk. including Lightnin' Hopkins.Lesson 3 Reading Music . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The next tune was very popular in the 60's.based on the playing of Snooks Eaglin.01.8-bar blues Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar Lesson 24 C.

http://www. Lightnin' Hopkins lick in A. It does not really belong to the key. Note that an F-chord has sneaked into the arrangement.2005 04:04:02 . At the end of the first bar of the verse.8-bar blues Download Finale File PDF-File In the introduction.asp (2 of 3)07. and continue with the "long A". but it sounds nice. or by using the thumb around the neck. It is not too easy. and in this context the F-chord function as some kind of an Dm substitution. The tune is a bit "minorish". the "moveable D7" is played as an A7 chord on 8th and 9th fret.Blues Guitar . but now in A. You can play the F-chord either with a barré over all 6 strings in 1st fret.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25C-8_bar_blues. we once again meet the Lightnin' Hopkins Lick. You also get at chance to practise the long A combined with a blues scale.torvund. From here you slide your fourth finger down from 9th to 5th fret.01. but it works well here. You can read more about this substitution in my Chord Progressions series.

asp (3 of 3)07. but none of them comes close to this one.8bar blues in A . But I really like his playing. Jimmi Page (or maybe it was Pete Townshend of The Who or may be it FromAmazon UK was Neil Young .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .01.. Snooks Eaglin I think of this as "the original".Blues Guitar . Bert Jansch It might be politically incorrect to list a white Scottish guitar player among my favorite. 16 and 24 bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B: 8-bar blues in A Further references Pony Blues GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. The lead guitarist of Led Zeppelin. Bert Jansch recordedCome Back Baby on the albumNicola.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25C-8_bar_blues.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B. Alternating bass. I have heard several other records by Snooks Eaglin.8bar blues in A Blues Guitar 24 C. Bert Jansch' is a fantastic guitarist and one of the most innovative and influential acoustic players.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.8-bar blues My favorite recordings of "Come Back Baby". G-Boogie .torvund.2005 04:04:02 . It does not seem to be available in US .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby q Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .unfortunately. Other blues progessions (than the 12-bar Blues) q q Progressions: 8. Snooks Eaglin's album New Orleans Street Singer is a fantastic FromAmazon UK From Amazon US record from 1958.net I appreciate comments http://www.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .. It is now reissued coupled with the album Jack Orion on one CD called Jack Orion/Nicola.) has called him The Jimi Hendrix of acoustic guitar.

01.asp (1 of 3)07.2005 04:04:05 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/PonyBlues.Pony Blues Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Pony Blues Lesson 24 C. made popular recently by Eric Clapton's recording of the song on his Unplugged album.torvund. Some classic versions are Charley Patton's "Pony Blues" and "Stone Poney Blues". Pony Blues Theme New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. The pony that is probably best know today is Big Bill Broonzy's "Hey. and not to forget Willie Brown's "M&O Blues". Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Blues Guitar .8-bar blues in A Come Back Baby Mississippi Blues Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Pony Blues is one of the themes you can hear in many variations. Tommy Johnson's "Bye Bye Blues". Hey". give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.

Blues rock and adult contemporary. Written in standard notation and tablature. Performed by Eric Clapton. Selections include: House Rent Stomp. The CDs contain three full hours of instruction featuring note-bynote.torvund. Acoustic Rock. there are at least two sources. and Saturday Night Rub. Hey". The first. written by Wolf Marshall.asp (2 of 3)07. and in my opinion the best. like Big Bill Broonzy's "Hey.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/PonyBlues. lyrics. The song is transcribed and analyzed in Woody Mann's book/CD set on Big Bill Broonzy's.Pony Blues Download Finale File PDF-File If you. and styles of this legendary musician who has influenced generations of guitarists. Order from: SheetmusicPlus The other option is of course to get the transcriptions of all the songs on Eric Clapton's Unplugged album.2005 04:04:05 . Hey. Woody Mann: Guitar of Big Bill Broonzy In this comprehensive new audio lesson. Series: Hal Leonard . For guitar. See more info. Includes 3 CD's. Includes instructional book and examples CD.01.. guitar tablature. phrase-by-phrase instruction. Woody Mann explores the ideas. SG98508BCD See more info... Brownskin Shuffle. introductory text. Bestseller! instructional text and performance notes. Worryin' You Off My Mind. as me. techniques. Hey. vocal melody.. Stove Pipe Stomp. Moppin' Blues. Published by Hal Leonard. 72 pages. With standard guitar notation. Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Signature Licks. 9x12 inches. ToC No HL695250 Review: Order from: SheetmusicPlus From MusicRoom http://www. guitar notation legend. is to turn to the original. chord names. guitar chord diagrams.Blues Guitar .

. guitar chord diagrams and guitar notation legend. Skip James.Classics of Country Blues Guitar SheetmusicPlus Robert Johnson is the best known of the intensely powerful musicians who created these songs in the early part of the Twentieth Century. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. Transcribed by Jesse Gress. 9x12 inches. With notes and tablature.asp (3 of 3)07. Willie Brown. With standard guitar notation. Tommy Johnson. guitar tablature. ToC No HL841708 Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . G-Boogie . Blues rock and adult contemporary. Format: MusicRoom guitar tablature songbook. SIX CDs * LEVEL 4 * Homespun Tapes (Instructional). but he was by no means the only outstanding player. chord names. For other versions of this and more classic blues.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B. I recommend: Order from: Rory Block ..Blues Guitar . For guitar and voice.8-bar blues in A Come Back Baby Mississippi Blues Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. vocal melody.net I appreciate comments http://www..torvund.. lyrics. Blind Blake and the Reverend Robert Wilkins. Size 8. 112 pages. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 24 C. () Chosen as Book of the Month January 2003 See more info. (HL694869) See more info.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.Pony Blues Order from: Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged SheetmusicPlus Acoustic Rock. Book and CD package. Published by Hal Leonard. The classic tunes she teaches include: Old Country Rock * Statesboro Blues * Big Road Blues * Canned Heat * Walkin' Blues * Cross Road Blues * Frankie and Albert * Future Blues * M&O Blues * Police Dog Blues * Devil Got My Man * Mississippi Blues * Ain't No Way for Me to Get Along. You’ll also learn the sounds and styles of great artists such as Willie Moore.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/PonyBlues.2005 04:04:05 . Alternating bass.8bar blues in A .5x11 inches.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. Series: Hal Leonard Guitar Recorded Versions. Mississippi John Hurt.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .01.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . Published by Homespun. Performed by Eric Clapton.

who is not the Willie Brown who played with Charley Patton and Son House. «Mississippi Blues» imitates blues piano playing of the 1920s-talls blues piano.verse http://www. you can play fingerstyle delta blues guitar.major.01. Many guitarist have recorded this tune. We know next to nothing about this . It is often played as an instrumental. among others Stefan Grossman.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MississippiBlues. If you can play this. but Willie Brown played the verse as backing to his singing.Blues Guitar . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Mississippi Blues .Pony Blues Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Mississippi Blues Pony Blues Tritone Blues Part 1 Mississippi Blues .2005 04:04:08 . and who recorded classics such as «M & O Blues» and «Future Blues».asp (1 of 4)07. It is the graduation piece for blues fingerpickers.verse The next tune is «Mississippi Blues». and it shows you some of the possibilities of A. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.torvund. Rory Block and Jorma Kaukonen. It is a classic. which was recorded for the Library of Congress by one Willie Brown.

Blues Guitar .2005 04:04:08 .Pony Blues Download the Finale File Mississippi Blues .asp (2 of 4)07.break http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MississippiBlues.01.torvund.

asp (3 of 4)07.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.Blues Guitar .vers + break Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .2005 04:04:08 .torvund.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . Alternating bass.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.01. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MississippiBlues.Pony Blues Download the Finale File Mississippi Blues.8-bar blues in A .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . G-Boogie .

01.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MississippiBlues.Pony Blues Pony Blues Tritone Blues Part 1 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:04:08 .asp (4 of 4)07.torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.

The ear cannot tell the difference between the two intervals.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/tritone. Try playing just the interval B-F instead of a G7. And now you should note that if you have a G and put a Bdim chord on top of it. the B is often referred to as the leading note. and two half-steps (BC and E-F). and it still works. and add the minor 7th (F). The diminished fifth between B and F creates a tension. and from F to Bb there is a perfect fourth. give me your vote: The tritone / diminished fifth is an easy interval to finger on the guitar. If you compare a G7 and a Gm7. If you are in C-major. Now you should notice that F and B are two of the notes in a G7 chord. In theory they are different. you get a G7 chord.torvund. The tension is resolved when you go from B to C and F to E. This interval is called a diminished fifth. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Simple Tritone Blues 1 in A http://www. But they are not as dissonant as the tritone/diminished fifth. and it will still function as a G7. and it does not create the same tension as the G7. with the the root note in the bass. which is F and B in the key of C. One major difference is that there is no tritone in a m7 chord.Tritone Blues Part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Tritone Blues . And the G7 has the dissonant tritone/diminished fifth in addition to the minor 7th/major second. you will notice that it consists of two whole steps (C-D and D-E). And now one of the lessons to lean: It is the tritone or diminished fifth that gives the 7th chord it's character.asp (1 of 4)07. and the VIIb-III tritone interval of each chord. but in practice they are (almost) the same.Part 1 Mississippi Blues Tritone Blues Part 2 Tritone is an interval with three whole-steps. while the F might be called a leaning note. you find the tritone between the 4th and 7th note. You will also find the diminished fifth in the diminished chord. and you will have the F to B tritone if you invert the chord. thus dividing the octave in two equal parts. you should notice that it is a disharmonic interval.Blues Guitar .2005 04:04:12 . it will no longer function as a G7 chord. The Gm7 consists of G-Bb-D-F. The diminished chord consists of to minor thirds on top of each other. If you listen to the tritone. but this will not be covered in this lesson. If you take the interval B to F in the key of C-major. But both the tritone and the diminished fifth have six half steps. But if you take away the B and/or the F. In a normal major scale. A Bdim (also notated as B°) have the notes B-D-F. at least not when they are not played in a musical context. You find it in these positions: xxxxx Then we can play a simple 12-bar blues in the key of A. There are some clues to chord substitution in this knowledge. and by that going from the diminished fifth to a major third (C to F). with the notes G-B-D. with a restless sound that call for some kind of harmonic resolution. From Bb to F there is a perfect fifth. meaning that the distance from bottom to top is the same. And there you have the diminished fifth between B and F. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. You can omit the other notes from the chord. The tritone might also be called an augmented fourth. with a monotone bass technique. while the augmented fourth have three whole steps. If you start from a G-major chord. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The tritone is the half of an octave.01. I fingerpick. both the G and the D. A perfect fourth consists of two whole-steps and a half step. you have G-B-D-F. Retailers: If you like the site. you should notice that the minor7 has a much smoother and more jazzy sound. The minor 7th interval from G to F and the corresponding major second from F to G are two dissonant intervals.

intros.C.Tritone Blues Part 1 PDF-File In the next 12-bar blues. swing. You should also try to slide into these position from one fret below or one fret above. accompanying keyboards and more. Chicago. minor. and you can slide from the V7 to the IV7 chord. This means that you can just move the "chord" one fret down.July 2002 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) http://www. This is one of my favorites! See more info. The VIIb-III tritone interval of an A7 chord is G . and other forms of popular music.asp (2 of 4)07.2005 04:04:12 ... bebop. soloing. and jazzy blues progressions. rock 'n' roll. and other blues styles. I will play one round of 12-bar blues with a bass-lick combined with a tritone that goes like this: Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. turnarounds. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. Now the III-VIIb diminished fifth interval in a D7 is F# .torvund. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. Covers: boogie.C#. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. shuffle.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/tritone. riff. and then you have the inverted interval of the IV7 chord. And then there is no prize for guessing that you can move this "chord" up two fret to the V7 chord.01. slow. I utilize the magic of inverting these chords.Blues Guitar . This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month .

. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. and bebop blues.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. Jim Ferguson ... For Guitar (All). Progressions. accompaniment. Book. Chicago. Blues. By Frank Vignola. Unless jazz is you main interest. and covers Delta. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. (There are many other chords as well). Size 5. 16 pages. Vignola Play Along. See more info.torvund. ToC No MB99768 Review: For more on tritones and the diminished chord. By Jim Ferguson. Book/CD package. 16 pages. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. 92 pages. Book. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues. and not the blues as such. country..net/guitar/BluesGuitar/tritone. West Coast. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. It explores shuffle. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. Includes tab and notation. by Corey Christiansen.5x8. For Guitar (Flatpick). the book focuses on the shuffle. ..75. Gig Savers. Kansas City. ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. the book focuses on the shuffle. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar.Blues Guitar . As the name says. Jazz. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. Rhythm/backup. Level: Intermediate. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. Published by Mel Bay Publications. Rhythm/ backup.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bar blues http://www.asp (3 of 4)07.Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Inc.. Level: Beginning. and not the blues as such. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub.2005 04:04:12 . Published by Mel Bay Publications. Inc.01. it will take you through various blues progressions. Texas. Size 8. As the name says. (HL695005) See more info. See more info. New Orleans.Tritone Blues Part 1 ToC Review: No HL695187 Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle.75x11.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.

asp (4 of 4)07.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .2005 04:04:12 . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Mississippi Blues Tritone Blues Part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.Tritone Blues Part 1 q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . Alternating bass.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.01. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/tritone.torvund. G-Boogie .

give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Download Finale File PDF-File http://www.Blues Guitar . with a different fingering. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.torvund. Now we do not have open stings in the tritone.01.Tritone Blues .Part 2 Tritone Blues Part 1 Tritone Blues Part 3 The next example is the same as the previous. which make these shapes moveable.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-2.Part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Tritone Blues .asp (1 of 3)07. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.2005 04:04:15 .

bebop. Covers: boogie. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. See more info. As the name says..July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. Chicago. 16 pages. and other blues styles. Size 8.Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. Jazz. country. and bebop blues. For Guitar (Flatpick). Kansas City. As the name says.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. This is one of my favorites! See more info.2005 04:04:15 . as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. Inc.. By Jim Ferguson. and covers Delta. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. turnarounds. It explores shuffle. intros. See more info. soloing.. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues.Blues Guitar . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . riff. By Frank Vignola. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . Book. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. (HL695005) See more info. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz.75. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords..01. . boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. Progressions. Level: Intermediate.asp (2 of 3)07.75x11. slow.5x8. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub.Part 2 Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. accompanying keyboards and more. 92 pages. and not the blues as such. Unless jazz is you main interest. Book/CD package. Inc. For Guitar (All). and other forms of popular music. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form..Tritone Blues . rock 'n' roll. minor..Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song http://www. Level: Beginning. and jazzy blues progressions. Book.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. West Coast. Vignola Play Along. Rhythm/ backup.torvund. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. Gig Savers. Texas. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. (There are many other chords as well). 16 pages. Blues. Rhythm/backup.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-2. by Corey Christiansen. Published by Mel Bay Publications. shuffle. the book focuses on the shuffle. Includes tab and notation. New Orleans. and not the blues as such. ToC No MB99768 Review: For more on tritones and the diminished chord. Size 5. Chicago. Jim Ferguson . the book focuses on the shuffle. Published by Mel Bay Publications. accompaniment... it will take you through various blues progressions. swing. ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context.

Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Tritone Blues Part 1 Further references Tritone Blues Part 3 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar .torvund.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .01.asp (3 of 3)07.2005 04:04:15 .Tritone Blues . Alternating bass.net I appreciate comments http://www.Part 2 Michelle 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-2. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . G-Boogie .

and you can slide from the V7 to the IV7 chord. The VIIb-III tritone interval of an A7 chord is G .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-3.Blues Guitar . You should also try to slide into these position from one fret below or one fret above. This means that you can just move the "chord" one fret down.Part 3 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . I utilize the magic of inverting these chords.2005 04:04:18 . And then there is no prize for guessing that you can move this "chord" up two fret to the V7 chord. Tritone Blues with Inverted Chords New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.01. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Tritone Blues .Tritone Blues . Now the III-VIIb diminished fifth interval in a D7 is F# . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.asp (1 of 4)07. and then you have the inverted interval of the IV7 chord.torvund.C.C#.Part 3 Tritone Blues Part 2 Tritone Blues Part 4 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar In the next 12-bar blues.

Blues Guitar - Tritone Blues - Part 3

Download Finale File PDF-File

Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book, Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz, rock 'n' roll, and other forms of popular music. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. Covers: boogie, shuffle, swing, riff, and jazzy blues progressions; Chicago, minor, slow, bebop, and other blues styles; soloing, intros, turnarounds, accompanying keyboards and more. This is one of my favorites! See more info... This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month - July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. It explores shuffle, boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. Includes tab and notation, and covers Delta, country, Chicago, Kansas City, Texas, New Orleans, West Coast, and bebop blues. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format, it will take you through various blues progressions, as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. (HL695005) See more info... Jim Ferguson - All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. By Jim Ferguson. Book/CD package. Rhythm/backup. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues, which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. (There are many other chords as well). Unless jazz is you main interest, I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues, before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. 92 pages. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. - Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. ToC No MB96842BCD
This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003

Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK)

Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK

Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US)

Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. by Corey Christiansen. For Guitar (All). Rhythm/ backup. Progressions. Gig Savers. Blues. Level: Beginning. Book. Size 5.5x8. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. By Frank Vignola. For Guitar (Flatpick). accompaniment. Vignola Play Along. Jazz. Level: Intermediate. Book. Size 8.75x11.75. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB99768 Review:

For more on tritones and the diminished chord, go to:

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-3.asp (2 of 4)07.01.2005 04:04:18

Blues Guitar - Tritone Blues - Part 3

q q

q

q

Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords:

Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords

q q

q

Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change

q

q

q

q

q

Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle

12-bar blues
q

q

q

q

Classic Lesson: 1 - BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues

q

q

q

Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4

q

q

q

Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord - Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution

Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons
q

q

q

q

q

q

q

q

Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 - 8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord

q

q

q

q

q

q q

q

Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 - 8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A - Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C- 8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning, Alternating bass, See See Rider

q q q

q q q q

q

A 12 bar blues in G. G-Boogie . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar

Tritone Blues Part 2 Further references

Tritone Blues Part 4

GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-3.asp (3 of 4)07.01.2005 04:04:18

Blues Guitar - Tritone Blues - Part 3

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-3.asp (4 of 4)07.01.2005 04:04:18

Blues Guitar - Tritone Blues - Part 4

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

Blues Guitar - Tritone Blues - Part 4
Tritone Blues Part 3 D-major

In this last part of the Tritone Blues lesson, we will combine the chord with a little bass-run. I think of this as typical for Kansas City Blues.

Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

Kansas City in A

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-4.asp (1 of 3)07.01.2005 04:04:21

and other blues styles. country. (HL695005) See more info.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues.. and not the blues as such. Covers: boogie. soloing.July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. the book focuses on the shuffle. and not the blues as such. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with all the technical Bestseller! tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. and bebop blues. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. minor. Kansas City. The term '12-bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. the book focuses on the shuffle.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-4. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. Rhythm/backup. As the name says. West Coast. rock 'n' roll. Unless jazz is you main interest. Chicago.01.Blues Guitar . This is one of my favorites! See more info.. bebop. riff. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. and jazzy blues progressions. turnarounds. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. By Jim Ferguson. intros. accompanying keyboards and more.. It explores shuffle. Jim Ferguson .torvund.Part 4 Download Finale File PDF-File Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. Texas. .Tritone Blues . 92 pages.. Includes tab and notation. it will take you through various blues progressions. New Orleans. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. slow. As the name says. and other forms of popular music. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. and covers Delta. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) http://www. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues.asp (2 of 3)07. swing. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. (There are many other chords as well). Book/CD package. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub.Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . Chicago. shuffle.2005 04:04:21 .

Size 5. Level: Intermediate. Blues.asp (3 of 3)07.net I appreciate comments http://www.01. By Frank Vignola.torvund.75.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flatfive Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . Size 8..Part 4 Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. Vignola Play Along. Rhythm/backup. 16 pages.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.Tritone Blues . Level: Beginning. ToC No MB99768 Review: For more on tritones and the diminished chord.. Inc. Book. Published by Mel Bay Publications. accompaniment.2005 04:04:21 .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flatfive Substitution Tritone Blues Part 3 Further references D-major GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. See more info. 16 pages. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished triad The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Blues Guitar . See more info. Inc. Book. Published by Mel Bay Publications..net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-4.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. by Corey Christiansen.diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .. Progressions.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . Gig Savers.75x11. For Guitar (All). ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues.5x8. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Jazz. For Guitar (Flatpick).

Bestsellers New Books Newsletter D D D Retailers: Du finner flere eksempler på hvordan du kan spille D-akkorden på siden The D-chord If you like the site. Below is the most common version of the D chord. give me your vote: G7 Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites This is the 12-bar blues in D. D7. G7 and A7. G7 G7 Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons http://www. The basic chords are D.01.torvund. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. I have given three fingerings for the D chord.2005 04:04:24 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/D-major_1.asp (1 of 2)07.Blues Guitar . and in one of them I have indicated the shift between D and D7. only D and G7 have not already been used in previous lessons. and three versions of G7.Part 4 Dropped D tuning See See Rider The next key is D-major.D-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 D-major Tritone Blues . Of these.

01.asp (2 of 2)07.Part 4 Videre referanser Dropped D tuning See See Rider GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.torvund. Alternating bass. G-Boogie . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.Blues Guitar .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Tritone Blues .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/D-major_1.net I appreciate comments http://www.2005 04:04:24 .D-major q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.

In standard tuning.Blues Guitar . We will return to the tune See See Rider. It is istill one bass note pr beat. Gary Davis. and you will get what is called Dropped D-tuning.2005 04:04:27 . (He is playing in standard tuning. this time loosly based on the playing of Mississippi John Hurt. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter See See Rider Retailers: If you like the site.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/D-major_2. You get the root on the 6th and 4th string. Blind Blake and Blind Boy Fuller. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Dropped D-Tuning Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Dropped D-Tuning D-major G-major Happy Traum: Blues Guitar You can tune down the low E-string to D. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. compared to the monotone bass. and the fifth on the 5th string. Important blues artists playing in this style are Mississippi John Hurts. Get to the Dropped D-tuning page in the Open and Alternate Tuning section for more on this tuning. but it gives a more "dancing" sound. Two prominent players in this style are Merle Travis and Chet Atkins.01. which means that he is playing different in the bass. Rev.asp (1 of 3)07. you will get access to the low root note on the open 6th string. Blind Lemon Jefferson.) With this arrangement we will introduce another fingerpicking technique: Alternating bass. you will often get the feeling that the notes stop one whole note above where you want to go. When you play in D. Alernating bass is the basis of many fingerpicking styles.

2005 04:04:27 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/D-major_2.Blues Guitar .01.Dropped D-Tuning PDF-File http://www.asp (2 of 3)07.torvund.

26 arrangements are presented in this collection. E.torvund.01. Book of the Month . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.net I appreciate comments http://www. Arrangements in the keys of G.Blues Guitar .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues ..net/guitar/BluesGuitar/D-major_2. Guitar method or supplement: Book and Two CDs. 100 pages.May 2003 See more info. C.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Original Bestseller! recordings by Mississippi John Hurt and transcriptions by Stefan Grossman. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar D-major Videre referanser G-major GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning..Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. A and D are studied.2005 04:04:27 . G-Boogie . Published by Warner Brothers. Alternating bass. ToC No WBF3176GTXCD Review: Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .Dropped D-Tuning Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series / The Mississippi John Hurt Order From: SheetmusicPlus Book and Two CD's Amazon UK The playing of Mississippi John Hurt combines lyrical songs with lovely guitar arrangements.

The three primary chords are G. It is only G that we have not been using so far.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_1.01. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter G G C7 G7 Retailers: G og C-akkordene kan gripes på mange måter.net I appreciate comments http://www.2005 04:04:30 . G7. give me your vote: Dropped D tuning See See Rider Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Videre referanser G-Major Blues in G GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. For G-akkorden har jeg også valgt å diskutere fingersettingen men inngående. I include the C7 as well. and now we get to G-major. se Fingering the G-chord. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. But we have not used C7 except as a basis for movable chords. En 12-takters blues i G-dur går slik: If you like the site. So to be sure. se egne sider for G-dur og C-dur.torvund. C7 and D7.asp07.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 G-major Dropped D tuning See See Rider G-Major Blues in G We continue our little journey through the keys.

01.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 G-major G-major Boogie in G-major Blues in G It is easy to make a melody line around the G chord.asp (1 of 3)07.torvund. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_2.Blues Guitar . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. The next tune is basically a blues scale played over a monotone bass.2005 04:04:33 . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.

8bar blues in A . G-Boogie .G-major PDF-File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .Blues Guitar . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. Alternating bass.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .01.torvund.asp (2 of 3)07. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar G-major Videre referanser Boogie in G-major GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_2.2005 04:04:33 .

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_2.2005 04:04:33 .G-major Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar .01.torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.net I appreciate comments http://www.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_3. I learned it in G. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. But remember that he played with his guitar tuned down 11/2 tone.Blues Guitar .2005 04:04:36 . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Gary Davis Was Funny That Way Boogie Woogie in G-Major This arrangement is a boogie bass line and a G-chord.torvund. which means that he actually played in E when he was fingering the "G-chords". Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. When I first learned to play this kind of bass and chord.asp (1 of 3)07.01.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 G-major G-Major Blues in G G-Major Rev. Leadbelly played «Good Morning Blues» this way. It is actually much easier to play around a G chord compared to the boogie bass and chord in E.

Gary Davis Was Funny That Way http://www.2005 04:04:36 . G-Boogie .Blues Guitar .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .01. Alternating bass. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar G-Major Blues in G Videre referanser G-Major Rev.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_3.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.torvund.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.asp (2 of 3)07.G-major PDF-File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .

Blues Guitar .G-major GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_3.asp (3 of 3)07.2005 04:04:36 .torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.01.

You can find a little more on this progression in the A salty dog at Alice’s Restaurant in the Chord Progression series. Gary Davis Was Funny That Way G-major is a key well suited for alternating bass.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 G-major Boogie in G-major C-major Rev. In the basic G-chord. we can call this progression a I-VI7-II7-V7 progression. Gary Davis' «She's Funny That Way».asp (1 of 3)07.Blues Guitar . The tune on this page is based on Rev. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. This makes it easy to find some good bass figures. It has 8 bars.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_4. B on the 5th string and D on the 4th string. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Notice the chord progression G-E7-A7-D7. Another example of this progression in G-major can be heard in Blind Blake's «That Will Never Happen No More». you get all the chord notes in the bass: G on the 6th string. In generic musical terms. but does not follow the 8-bar blues form that we have been discussing in previous lesson. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.2005 04:04:39 .01.torvund.

Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . she's just funny that way She got to the place that she got no woman friends She don't want no woman be shifting around taking her man in She ain't crazy.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .G-major PDF-File She's Funny That Way I got a gal that is crazy 'bout me She's just as crazy as any gal can be She ain't crazy. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.Blues Guitar .asp (2 of 3)07.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. G-Boogie .2005 04:04:39 .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . she's just funny that way Now some people say this gal is just tight like that But when she calls her man she always wants him to be right there She ain't crazy. she'll begin to have blues She ain't crazy. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Boogie in G-major Videre referanser C-major http://www.01.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. Alternating bass.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_4.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . she's just funny that way A little more G-major Acoustic Guitar has made available a lesson called Your first guitar rag where Dale Miller takes you through an arrangement based on the same chords as She's Funny That Way.torvund. she's just funny that way One thing 'bout this gal I can't understand I found out she's just a fool 'bout one old man She ain't crazy. she's just funny that way This gal will work hard for you every day and buy your clothes and shoes Come in and look for you and can't find you.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_4.01.2005 04:04:39 .Blues Guitar .asp (3 of 3)07.net I appreciate comments http://www.G-major GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.torvund.

F7 and G7. Gary Davis Was Funny That Way C-Major Cocaine Blues The last key we will discuss a a key. Once again we will take a look at a version of See See Rider.asp (1 of 3)07.torvund. If my memory is correct.2005 04:04:45 . (I choose to say it this way.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_1.01. because you will find som arrangements in keys that are not dicussed this way.Blues Guitar . or C C Rider as I prefer to call it just to remind myself that this is the C-major version.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 C-major G-Major Rev. C7. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter C C Rider Retailers: If you like the site. this arrangement is based on Mance Lipscomb's version of the tune. is C-major.) The basic chords are C. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.

2005 04:04:45 . Big Bill Broonzy.torvund. you should start with the playing of Mississippi John Hurt.G-major PDF-File C-major is a popular key among guitar players who play with alternating bass.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_1. Gary Davis. Blind Boy Fuller and Blind Blake have all recorded many tunes in this key.asp (2 of 3)07. Blues fingerpicking If you want to learn more about blues fingerpicking with alternate bass.Blues Guitar . Rev. http://www.01. Mississippi John Hurt.

100 pages. Size 8.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_1. 6 tunes in notation and tablature. Original Bestseller! recordings by Mississippi John Hurt and transcriptions by Stefan Grossman. E. 26 arrangements are presented in this collection.May 2003 See more info. and 3 CDs teaching each tune phrase by phrase. LESSON ONE: A blues in 12/8 with Leroy Carr's Midnight Hour Blues.. This four sectioned rag is played in the keys of C and F. 32 pages. Bessie Smith's classic blues You've Been A Good Old Wagon is taught in the key of E. The lesson ends with Blind Lemon Jefferson's One Kind Favor. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. Louis Tickle was the first great challenge for fingerpickers interested in classic ragtime.2005 04:04:45 .. (SG99470BCD) See more info. Four choruses are taught demonstrating how this tune can develop. See more info. C. ToC No SG99469BCD Review: Blues and Ragtime Fingerstyle Guitar Dave Van Ronk presents his arrangements of blues and a classic rag. LESSON THREE: Dave's arrangement of St. A and D are studied. Book/CD package.torvund. a discography.asp (3 of 3)07.75x11. Guitar method or supplement: Book and Two CDs. Arrangements in the keys of G. LESSON TWO: Sunday Street is an original Dave Van Ronk song.01.G-major Order From: Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series / The Mississippi John Hurt SheetmusicPlus Book and Two CD's Amazon UK The playing of Mississippi John Hurt combines lyrical songs with lovely guitar arrangements. Book of the Month . Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop.75.net I appreciate comments http://www. G-Major Rev...Blues Guitar . Blood Red Moon follows played in a dropped D tuning. Published by Warner Brothers. ToC No WBF3176GTXCD Review: Order from: Folk & Blues Fingerstyle Guitar taught by Dave Van Ronk SheetmusicPlus . Gary Davis Was Funny That Way Videre referanser Order from: SheetmusicPlus C-Major Cocaine Blues GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Level: Intermediate.. Grossman Audio. The book includes a conversation with Dave..

give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 C-major C-Major C-Major Blues Rag in C Cocaine Blues . Gary Davis arrangement in C-major.01. We go fron C to E to F.asp (1 of 3)07. I have written both the verse and a break.2005 04:04:47 . It is not easy. You should also notice the 5/4 in bar 4.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_2. but it sounds good. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Blues Guitar .verse «Cocaine Blues» is a typical Rev. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. but does not follow any standard form. Notice bar 3 and 4 in the break. It has an 8-bar structure.torvund.

break PDF-File Cocaine Blues .vers + break http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_2.01.Blues Guitar .asp (2 of 3)07.G-major PDF-File Cocaine Blues .2005 04:04:47 .

. Gary Davis. Published by Warner Brothers.net I appreciate comments http://www. Gary Davis / CD Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series This book from fingerstyle master Stefan Grossman features the music of the legendary master Rev.2005 04:04:47 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_2.G-major Order from: Country Blues Guitar by Stefan Grossman. Grossman Audio. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom C-Major Videre referanser C-Major Blues Rag in C GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar . With standard notation and tablature. It comes complete with a recording of Rev.75.01. 24 page tab/music book with three compact discs..asp (3 of 3)07. Level: Intermediate. Tommy Johnson and Mississippi John Hurt are presented. Country Blues Guitar styles span a wide horizon. Book and CD. (WBF3175GTXCD) See more info.. Gary Davis. 84 pages. Size 8.. 24 pages. ToC No SG99465BCD Review: Rev. In SheetmusicPlus these three lessons the ideas and techniques of Rev. Book/CD Set. The arrangements vary from alternating bass to a Delta strum to a monotonic bass. See more info.75x11. Includes a biography and explanation of the tab/music system. Charley Jordan.torvund. Published by Grossman. Gary Davis performing all of the selections contained in the folio.

Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.01.2005 04:04:50 .asp (1 of 2)07. «Wabash Rag» and «Skoodle Loo Doo». Other examples are Big Bill Broonzy's «Skoodle Do Do» and Blind Willie McTell's «Georgia Rag». There are many versions of this theme. Arlo Guthrie's «Alice's Restaurant» is also based on this progression in C-major. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites PDF-File This is the same progression as in "Funny That Way".Blues Guitar . but now in C. Listen to Blind Blake's «West Coast Blues».torvund. http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_3.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 C-major C-Major Cocaine Blues C-Major Diddie Has Something There Blues Rag in C Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.

. Moppin' Blues. and Saturday Night Rub. Includes 3 CD's.. Woody Mann explores the ideas. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop..75. and styles of this legendary musician who has influenced generations of guitarists. Written in standard notation and tablature. Order from: SheetmusicPlus Order from: Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series / The Music of Blind Blake SheetmusicPlus Book and CDBy Stefan Grossman.2005 04:04:50 . For fingerpick guitar. Hey. Blues. Worryin' You Off My Mind..Blues Guitar . Book/CD package. C-Major Cocaine Blues Videre referanser C-Major Diddie Has Something There GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. 26 pages. Licks and phrases.G-major Woody Mann: Guitar of Big Bill Broonzy In this comprehensive new audio lesson. Stove Pipe Stomp. or a book that comes with a Cd with original recordings. phrase-by-phrase instruction. For a guitarist. Hey. Grossman Audio..torvund.. Level: Intermediate. it gives you the best of both worlds. The CDs contain three full hours of instruction featuring note-bynote. WBF3432GTXCD See more info. SG98508BCD See more info. techniques.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_3. Order from: SheetmusicPlus Guitar of Blind Blake taught by Woody Mann. As performed by Blind Blake. This is a CD with 16 of his most famous songs that comes with a book. (SG98507BCD) See more info. Brownskin Shuffle.asp (2 of 2)07.net I appreciate comments http://www. Selections include: House Rent Stomp. Size 8.75x11.01.

Other versions are Big Bill Broonzy's «Shuffle Rag». Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_4.asp (1 of 4)07. You will also recognize the theme in Blind Lemon Jefferson's «Black Horse Blues». give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. which we have looked at in E-major. The song was so popular that he recorded it 20–30 times with different lyrics. Probably the most well known version of the theme is Blind Blake's «Diddie Wa Diddie».torvund. Part 1 Diddie Has Something There We finish off this section with another well known theme in C-major.Blues Guitar . This arrangement is based on Blind Boy Fuller's «You've got something there».G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 C-major C-Major Blues Rag in C Minor Blues Lesson 1. «Long Tall Mama» and «Guitar Shuffle». «Black Horse Blues» is Blind Lemon Jefferson's version of «Pony Blues».01. True Fire has a lection on Diddie Wa Diddie available on the net. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.2005 04:04:53 . which has been recorded by Ry Cooder and Leon Redbone.

. you can get this. 90 pages. and Saturday Night Rub. techniques. phrase-by-phrase instruction.. Hey. Worryin' You Off My Mind. Stove Pipe Stomp.13x7.01. and not as difficult as the others. Order from: SheetmusicPlus Guitar of Big Bill Broonzy taught by Woody Mann. Brownskin Shuffle. Order DVD Order VHS from: from: SheetmusicPlus SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Blind Boy Fuller This is another Master of Country Blues book with original recordings and transcriptions. and styles of this legendary musician who has influenced generations of guitarists. Grossman-Gtr Workshop. SG98508BCD See more info. Size 4. Written in standard notation and tablature. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. where some typical Big Bill Broonzy are covered in detail..5. (SG98200VX) See more info. Video. Licks and phrases. Mississippi John Hurt is not included. Hey.2005 04:04:53 . Big Bill Broonzy is an artist to start with. Selections include: House Rent Stomp. Includes 3 CD's.G-major PDF-File Blues-Rag If you want to learn more about blues-rag playing. http://www. For fingerpick guitar. I will recommend that you work with some of the following.Blues Guitar . Woody Mann explores the ideas. Level: Intermediate.torvund.. But he is a good point of departure. Blues.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_4. I have picked a book/CD set by Woody Mann. If you prefer video. Moppin' Blues. no matter what kind of blues you are playing. Woody Mann: Guitar of Big Bill Broonzy In this comprehensive new audio lesson. The CDs contain three full hours of instruction featuring note-by-note.asp (2 of 4)07.

.G-major Blind Boy Fuller / CD Masters of Country Blues guitar series.. With standard notation and tablature. It comes complete with a recording of Rev. Guitar of Blind Blake taught by Woody Mann.torvund. counterpoint lines. (WBF3175GTXCD) See more info. Licks and phrases. In this lesson we explore the party tune Sally Where'd You Get Your Liquor From (made popular by Hot Tuna). All fourteen verses are transcribed here. LESSON (CD) TWO: The key of C was a favorite for Rev. you are ready for anything – at least when it comes to this style of guitar playing.. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. 84 pages. Rev. Guitar of Blind Blake taught by Woody Mann. For fingerpick guitar. Video.2005 04:04:53 . 92 pages. Original recordings by Blind Boy Fuller and transcriptions by Stefan Grossman. Davis. (SG99464BCD) See more info. Published by Warner Brothers. WBF3432GTXCD See more info. David Bromberg. Again you can also choose a video. Gary Davis performing all of the selections contained in the folio. John Renbourn. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom If you are ready for Blind Blake. Size 8. For a guitarist. Book and CD. Grossman-Gtr Workshop. Level: Intermediate. (WBF3270GTXCD) See more info.Blues Guitar . Order from: SheetmusicPlus Order from: SheetmusicPlus Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) http://www.5. LESSON (CD) THREE: Raggin' the blues was a great part of Rev.just as a guitar player want. LESSON (CD) ONEhighlights two of Rev. (SG98199VX) See more info.75. For fingerpick guitar. Hesitation Blues is played in the key of C. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. (SG98507BCD) See more info. Gary Davis. GrossmanGtr Workshop.. Level: Intermediate.asp (3 of 4)07. and many of today's most prominent teachers and authors of guitar books have been his students. Published by Warner Brothers. Licks and phrases. 89 pages.75. In SheetmusicPlus this book. Let Me Follow You Down is played in the key of G. He received everyone who would pay 5 dollars for a guitar lesson. Blues... Book/CD package. 94 pages. Gary Davis is propbably the most influential traditional blues guitarists. Bert Jansch and many others.. Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series / The Music of Blind Blake Book and CDBy Stefan Grossman. These arrangements have been performed and recorded by a host of great artists including Bob Dylan. The accompanying three CD lessons teach these arrangements phrase by phrase as well as presenting the original recordings. As performed by Blind Blake.01. Single-string runs.5.. These lessons are for the intermediate to advanced fingerstyle guitarist.. Rev.75x11. seven of Rev. Taj Mahal. Size 4x7.. Book and CD. Size 8. Size 4. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop.. Gary Davis / CD Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series This book from fingerstyle master Stefan Grossman features the music of the legendary master Rev. Book/3CD package. 40 pages. Blues. His Walkin' Dog Blues is a tour de force in a blues in C. (SG99411VX) See more info. Buck Rag is a fascinating rag played in the key of C. Hot Tuna. Another Book/CD set with original recordings and transcription . it gives you the best of both worlds.. Order from: Ragtime Blues Guitar of Rev... Video. Davis's blues are presented.75x11..net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_4. and we study how this arrangement develops. Includes a biography and explanation of the tab/music system.13x7. or a book that comes with a Cd with original recordings. rhythmic variations and syncopated bass patterns are featured. Order from: SheetmusicPlus The Guitar of Blind Boy Fuller taught by Ari Eisinger. Davis's repertoire. Level: Intermediate. Grossman Audio. Davis used to joke that he could play Candyman so many different ways that he would be able to play it nonstop for at least 8 hours without repeating himself! We look at two versions of this very popular folk blues with the regular Candyman followed by the Two-Step Candyman. Davis's most popular blues arrangements. Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Rev. 26 pages. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. Baby.. Gary Davis taught by Stefan Grossman. This is a CD with 16 of his most famous songs that comes with a book.

Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.8bar blues in A . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.Blues Guitar .2005 04:04:53 .asp (4 of 4)07. Alternating bass.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .torvund.01.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar C-Major Blues Rag in C Videre referanser Minor Blues Lesson 1.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_4.G-major Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B. G-Boogie .net I appreciate comments http://www.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .

This time I have also included a turnaround chord (the V7 chord).2005 04:04:55 . as it will give the V7-i resoulution when we go to the next verse. Part 1 Minor Blues Lesson 1.Lesson 1. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: Here is the set of backing tracks for this progression. If we substitute the v7 with its parallel major V7 chord.Lesson 1. still in Am will be like this: New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.torvund.iv . Part 2 Minor Blues Lesson 1. A Type 1 progression.Blues Guitar – Minor Blues . it will be like this: Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm If you like the site.Lesson 1.V7. This second group of minor blues progressions has the chords i . then we get a kind of lift in the third line.MinorBlues-3 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 1: Major V7 chord.asp (1 of 2)07. V7 as turnaround chord. Part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Minor Blues . Part 3 Minor Blues .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-2. give me your vote: http://www. Part 2 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar The progression with only minor chords may be a bit boring. Download all files in on zip-file 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites As a Type 2 progression.01. What we do is actually that we choose Harmonic minor instead of Natural minor for the very reason that we have harmonic minor. i chord in bar 2. Backing Track .

V7 as turnaround chord.MinorBlues-4 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 2: Major V7 chord. Download all files in on zip-file 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium Minor Blues Lesson 1.Blues Guitar – Minor Blues . Part 1 Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Minor Blues Lesson 1.Lesson 1. here are the backing tracks. Part 3 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:04:55 . Backing Track .net I appreciate comments http://www.torvund.asp (2 of 2)07. iv chord in bar 2. Part 2 And again.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-2.

But it is not a dorian progression.Blues Guitar – Minor Blues .part 1 Minor Blues . CD (Main link goes to Amazon US. But going from a minor 6th to a major 6th is what distinguish a dorian scale from a natural minorscale. No More Gm His Best: 1947 to 1955 (UK) The Chess Box [BOX SET] (UK) Blues Guitar Legends http://www. Part 3 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar In this third group of minor blues progression. It does not follow an exact 12-bar blues form. Mel London Cry For Me Baby Am Blue Heaven ( Amazon US ) Muddy Waters Trouble.asp (1 of 3)07. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .01. In bar 5. it does not make too much of a difference. The bridge moulates to the IV-key (F#major). Part 3 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Minor Blues . it goes F#-E-E#. with the structure of a 12bar: Play two bars for each bar in the 12-bar structure.Lesson 1.IV .Lesson 1. Part 2 12-bars.torvund. as this scale has no sixth in it.Lesson 1. A Type 1 progression will be like this: New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: The major chord as a IV chord have the major 6th instead of the minor 6th of the basic scale (based on the root). It is a 24 bar blues.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-3. There is no turnaround chord. A strict dorian progression would have had i – IV – v. The major 6th hints on the dorian scale.2005 04:04:57 . As long as we use the minor pentatonic scale. we use a major IV chord instead of the minor iv. Part 3 Minor Blues Lesson 1. Amazon UK link in parenthesis) If you like the site. This gives us the basic chords i . give me your vote: Artist Tune Key Source (Main link takes you to SheetmusicPlus) Comments Jeff Healey Band Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Confidence Man C#m See The Light (UK) The Bluesmen (from Musicroom) A John Hiatt tune.V7.

B. but you should practise them in different keys. There are of course many variations.Blues Guitar – Minor Blues . Part 3 B. V7 as turnaround chord. Download all files in on zip-file 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm These are the basic forms of minor blues progressions.Lesson 1.asp (2 of 3)07. I will give you this table of chords for various minor keys: C-minor i iv IV v V7 Cm Fm F Gm G7 C#-minor C#m F#m F# G#m G#7 D-minor Dm Gm G Am A7 E-minor Em Am A Bm B7 F#-minor F#m Bm B C#m C#7 G-minor Gm Cm C Dm D7 G#-minor G#m C#m C# D#m D#7 A-minor Am Dm D Em E7 B-minor Bm Em E F#m F#7 http://www. V7 as turnaround chord. But you should learn these basic forms first. major VI chord. but it is built around the chords from this progression B. You should have not problem translating them into other keys. IV chord in bar 2.MinorBlues-5 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 1: Major V7 chord. 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium And the Type 2 progression will be: Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm These are the backing tracks: Backing Track . But to ensure that you have no excuses for not trying this in other keys. I have only written the basic minor triads. i chord in bar 2.torvund.MinorBlues-6 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 2: Major V7 chord.B. Download all files in on zip-file. But you can extend them to m7 chords. King Chains & Things Am King of The Blues (Amazon US / UK) Backing Track .2005 04:04:57 . Experiment! I have written all examples in Am only.01. and I will come back to a few of them later.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-3. major VI chord. King Help The Poor Dm King of The Blues (UK) Live at the Regal (UK) King of The Blues (UK) King of The Blues (Amazon US / UK) It does not follow a 12-bar form.

01.part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Part 2 Further references 12-bars.net I appreciate comments http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-3.2005 04:04:57 .Blues Guitar – Minor Blues .torvund. Part 3 Minor Blues Lesson 1.asp (3 of 3)07.Lesson 1.

When we expand the chord to 7th.12-bars. The chord is in root position. you will never get this solution. a disonant interval that calls for a resolution. The 5th is on 6th string. It remains in the same position on the 3rd string. Retailers: The second chord is a 7th without the root. If the bass player is playing the root. they have five flats. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter By learning these two simple chord shapes. The interval between the two is a Tritone.torvund. the fifth is usually the first to go.Blues Guitar . If we play it as a good old G7. You can make variations by taking these chordshapes out of the standard 12-bar framework. which gives us the notes 1. you have to break out of our loved keys of E. these labels are not correct. But it is this unstable and usettled tonality that makes the simple blues form so rich and fascinating. 3rd on 4th stringand the 7th on 3rd string. The two most important notes in a 7th chord are the 3rd and the 7th. In this key. the root gives identity. such a chord is a diminished triad. If you are playing with someone who is playing trumpet. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 2 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. etc. The favorite guitar keys are very difficult to play on most wind instruments.01. it will be in 2nd inversion. Both the chord shapes have this tritone. the 5th becomes less important. they will have to play in the key F#-major. If you want to play with other people. If one should be precise. You need the root note to establish the root key.part 1 C-major Diddie Has Something There 12-bars. If one should be precise. And often our ear will "hear" notes that it expects to hear.. no keys are difficult. give me your vote: Notice the fingerings of these two chords. But I will start with a standard 12-bar blues. the third gives character and the fifth gives stability. then the band will play the full chord. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . using these two chord shapes. this chord should loose it's identity. If you remove a note from a chord. If we think of the chord as a 7th chord. 9th. D. if you insist on playing in E-major on the guitar. You move the first and second finger between the 6th and the 4th strings. Based on this.asp (1 of 4)07. And it does.2005 04:05:00 . I will not use this chord too much as a I chord (root) in a blues. and it is easy to be thrown out of key if you resolve the chord this way. with the root on 6th string. than to keep the stability. 7th on 4th string and the 3rd on 3rd string. G and C. But they are the basis. As long as you use moveable shapes. That is six sharps. The I7 chord will call for a solution to the IV-chord. To play F-major. 3 and 7 (when the 5th is left out). The first chord is a 7th without the 5th.part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 12-bars. Bbmajor and Eb-major is not as difficult for us as our favorite keys are for them. If you like the site. In a 7th chord.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-1. If someone is playing alto saxophone. even if the notes are not played. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . A. you do not move your 3rd finger. It will get boring after some time if you only use these chords. These two chord-shapes are often labeled as 7-chords. It is more important to keep the identity and the character. the seventh is added. played in two keys that many guitar players will do anything to avoid: Bb and Eb. built on the third note. if you insist on E-major. you can play blues comp with a jazzy touch in any key. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. If you play the root chord as a 7th chord. Now we get to this very simple 12 Bar blues in Bb. some other may play the root. even if the guitar player only play a partial chord. From what I said above. In a basic triad (three-note chord). But if you are playing in a band. When changing from one to the other. type 2. they will have to play Db-major. it will be Bdim.

torvund. and other blues styles. Chicago. I play fingerstyle with a monotone bass in straight 4/4.2005 04:05:00 . swing. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . This is one of my favorites! See more info. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. You can download this MP3 file to hear me play the same chords. riff. It is not played as written.asp (2 of 4)07. and jazzy blues progressions..01. Covers: boogie. but with some rhytmic variations.Blues Guitar . accompanying keyboards and more. PDF-File Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book.12-bars. but I play only the notes in the chords as they are written. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. intros. soloing. turnarounds. slow. minor. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-1. rock 'n' roll. shuffle.part 1 The very "perfect" and strict playing in these MIDI files is a bit boring. bebop. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz.. and other forms of popular music. and some rhytmic variations on the middle strings. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month .July 2002 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) http://www.

Blues Guitar - 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - part 1

ToC Review:

No HL695187 Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK

Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. It explores shuffle, boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. Includes tab and notation, and covers Delta, country, Chicago, Kansas City, Texas, New Orleans, West Coast, and bebop blues. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format, it will take you through various blues progressions, as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. (HL695005) See more info... Jim Ferguson - All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. By Jim Ferguson. Book/CD package. Rhythm/backup. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues, which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. (There are many other chords as well). Unless jazz is you main interest, I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues, before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. 92 pages. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. - Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. ToC No MB96842BCD
This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003

Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US)

Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. by Corey Christiansen. For Guitar (All). Rhythm/ backup. Progressions. Gig Savers. Blues. Level: Beginning. Book. Size 5.5x8. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. By Frank Vignola. For Guitar (Flatpick). accompaniment. Vignola Play Along. Jazz. Level: Intermediate. Book. Size 8.75x11.75. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB99768 Review:

For more on tritones and the diminished chord, go to:
q q

q

q

Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords:

Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords

q q

q

Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change

q

q

q

q

q

Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle

12-bar blues

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-1.asp (3 of 4)07.01.2005 04:05:00

Blues Guitar - 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - part 1

q

q

q

q

Classic Lesson: 1 - BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues

q

q

q

Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4

q

q

q

Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord - Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution

C-major Diddie Has Something There Further references

12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 2

GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-1.asp (4 of 4)07.01.2005 04:05:00

Blues Guitar - 12-bars, two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - part 2

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

12-bars, two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - part 2
12-bars, two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 1 12-bars, two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 3

There are two basic ways to combine these two chord shapes in a blues context. In the next example we will use the second shape for the root (I) chord, and the first shape for the IV and V chords. But remember that the second shape has not root, so the basic key will not be as firmly established when we use the chords this way. This time we play in Eb.
Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-2.asp (1 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:03

Blues Guitar - 12-bars, two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - part 2

PDF-File

Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book, Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz, rock 'n' roll, and other forms of popular music. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. Covers: boogie, shuffle, swing, riff, and jazzy blues progressions; Chicago, minor, slow, bebop, and other blues styles; soloing, intros, turnarounds, accompanying keyboards and more. This is one of my favorites! See more info... This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month - July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. It explores shuffle, boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. Includes tab and notation, and covers Delta, country, Chicago, Kansas City, Texas, New Orleans, West Coast, and bebop blues. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format, it will take you through various blues progressions, as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. (HL695005) See more info... Jim Ferguson - All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. By Jim Ferguson. Book/CD package. Rhythm/backup. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues, which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. (There are many other chords as well). Unless jazz is you main interest, I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues, before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. 92 pages. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. - Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. ToC No MB96842BCD
This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003

Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK)

Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK

Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US)

Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. by Corey Christiansen. For Guitar (All). Rhythm/ backup. Progressions. Gig Savers. Blues. Level: Beginning. Book. Size 5.5x8. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. By Frank Vignola. For Guitar (Flatpick). accompaniment. Vignola Play Along. Jazz. Level: Intermediate. Book. Size 8.75x11.75. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB99768 Review:

12-bar blues

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-2.asp (2 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:03

Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution For more on tritones and the diminished chord.2005 04:05:03 . two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 3 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.torvund. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .asp (3 of 3)07.part 2 q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .Blues Guitar . two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 1 Further references 12-bars. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bars.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.12-bars.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-2. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.01.

part 3 12-bars. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 2 12-bars.part 3 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 12-bars. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . then you will remember that we have touched upon these tritones in a blues context before.torvund. We will combine these three-note chords with what is covered in the Tritone Blues lesson. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 4 If you have worked your way through my Blues Guitar Series.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-3.01.2005 04:05:05 .12-bars. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. just to show how these ideas can be put togehter.asp (1 of 3)07.Blues Guitar .

Size 5...torvund.. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. Vignola Play Along. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. Chicago.July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. Texas. 16 pages. (There are many other chords as well). 92 pages. the book focuses on the shuffle. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. By Jim Ferguson.. ToC No MB99768 Review: 12-bar blues http://www. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. bebop. For Guitar (Flatpick). It explores shuffle. Rhythm/ backup. Inc.Blues Guitar . I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues. See more info. Level: Beginning. Includes tab and notation. accompaniment.asp (2 of 3)07. Covers: boogie. Chicago. Published by Mel Bay Publications. Inc. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. West Coast. New Orleans. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. Level: Intermediate. and other forms of popular music. For Guitar (All). By Frank Vignola. it will take you through various blues progressions. ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. accompanying keyboards and more.01.2005 04:05:05 . As the name says. intros. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. riff. by Corey Christiansen. Book/CD package. country. turnarounds.. Published by Mel Bay Publications. rock 'n' roll. Kansas City. Jazz. and bebop blues.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues.part 3 PDF-File Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . and jazzy blues progressions. and other blues styles. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. This is one of my favorites! See more info. Progressions.75. and not the blues as such. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. Book. slow. shuffle. 16 pages. soloing. Jim Ferguson . Unless jazz is you main interest. the book focuses on the shuffle. Gig Savers. Size 8.12-bars.. As the name says. . swing.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-3. (HL695005) See more info. Rhythm/backup.. and covers Delta. and not the blues as such.. Blues.5x8. Book. minor.75x11. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. See more info.

two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 4 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:05:05 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-3.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .Blues Guitar .12-bars. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .net I appreciate comments http://www.torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution For more on tritones and the diminished chord. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .01.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bars.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .asp (3 of 3)07. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 2 Further references 12-bars.part 3 q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .

we move away from the two shapes we started with. But it gets boring when you play only A in the bass for 10 out of the 12 bars. I try to do it in a way that clearly illustrates the point in this lesson. I would make other choices and include more variations. If you play this chord at 4th and 5th fret.2005 04:05:08 .asp (1 of 3)07. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .12-bars.torvund. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. and at 6th and 7th fret it will be E7. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. at least I would use it as a variations. The example in the previous part illustrates the relation between our three note chords and the song from the Tritone Blues lesson. you get D7. In the example below. But when doing so. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 3 The Flat Five Substitution Part 1 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar When constructing examples for lessons. So I would probably use another variation of the IV chord (D7). Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .01. If I should make real music. And we will hang on to these shapes for a few more (forthcomming) lessons.part 4 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 12-bars.part 4 12-bars.Blues Gitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-4. I am using the chords mentioned above.

Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. Blues. and not the blues as such.. Chicago. Inc. and other blues styles. By Frank Vignola.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-4. country.Blues Gitar . Jazz.Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. Book. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub.75. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. Rhythm/ backup. riff. shuffle. Published by Mel Bay Publications. Book/CD package. bebop. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. it will take you through various blues progressions. As the name says. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. and covers Delta. (HL695005) See more info. (There are many other chords as well).All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. intros. Inc. Size 5. Published by Mel Bay Publications. accompanying keyboards and more. This is one of my favorites! See more info. by Corey Christiansen. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. Progressions. 16 pages. Covers: boogie. 16 pages.. swing. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style.part 4 PDF-File Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. . As the name says. slow. ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. See more info.01. Gig Savers. For Guitar (Flatpick). and bebop blues... Includes tab and notation. By Jim Ferguson. accompaniment. Size 8.75x11. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. 92 pages. New Orleans. turnarounds. the book focuses on the shuffle.torvund. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. Chicago. Texas. Unless jazz is you main interest. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. Level: Beginning.12-bars. Book. Vignola Play Along. Kansas City.asp (2 of 3)07. Jim Ferguson . ToC No MB99768 Review: 12-bar blues http://www. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form..5x8. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . soloing. and jazzy blues progressions. Rhythm/backup. See more info. Level: Intermediate. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar.2005 04:05:08 . minor... West Coast. For Guitar (All).. the book focuses on the shuffle. It explores shuffle.July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. and other forms of popular music. rock 'n' roll. and not the blues as such. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues.

Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .net I appreciate comments http://www.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.2005 04:05:08 . go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 3 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.part 4 q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .12-bars. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .01.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution For more on tritones and the diminished chord.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-4.Blues Gitar .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bars.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .asp (3 of 3)07.torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .

but not the two notes that make up the tritone. but we have kept the two important ones. which means that they are the same note spelled in two different ways. which makes it a symetric interval. If we spelled it B. The other notes have changed. If we start from the G7 chord.2005 04:05:11 . As the interval is symetric. and play some blues with flat five substitution. give me your vote: Recommended Books etc on Music Theory 5 fr 5 fr 5 fr Go here for links to other Music Theory sites A7 Eb7 A7/Eb7 We play both shapes based on 5th fret. We will still use only the two chord shapes from this lesson. Cb and B are enharmonic. the correct spelling of the note is Cb.01. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz Retailers: If you like the site. for D7 it will be Ab7. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz lesson. In Db7. we shall go back to where we stopped in the 12-bars. and we will be in the key of A this time. Ab7 and Bb7. we end at Db. With this new knowledge. and we have a Eb7. If you are like many of your fellow guitar players. We will use the same two chord shapes as we used in 12-bars. But in my opinion. a diminished fifth up from F. the chord will loose it's character as a 7th chord. The Db7 chord has the notes Db-F-Ab-Cb. and the flat five substitution for E7 will be Bb7.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-01. We just hear the tritone.part 1 Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 4 The Flat Five Substitution Part 2 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. The flat five substitution for A7 will be Eb7. You can learn to know that you can alway substitute a dominant 7th chord or any extension of such chords with the dominiant 7th a flat five above or below. From F to B is an augmented fourth = six half steps = tritone. If you leave out one of these. But they are very simple. The tritone divides the scale into two equal parts. Our ears will not distinguish between a diminished fifth and an augmented fourth. you will look for another tune when you see chords like Eb7. we will also end on Db if we go down a diminished fifth. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter You have probably heard jazz musician talk about the flat five substitution many times. The first will then give us an A7 chord. The key to this substitution is that the two most important notes in a 7th chord is the 3rd and the 7th. You will have to change fingering of both the 6th and 4th http://www. If you are not familiar with the tritone. We should understand the concept. But our ears do not distinguish between the two. We can substitute the other notes in a 7th chord.The Flat Five Substitution . it is not enough to know. you have to go back to some previous lessons. for instance an F and a B. Then we move the note on the 6th string up one fret.torvund. The interval between these notes is tritone. From B to F is a diminished (or flat) fifth = six half steps = tritone. Instead of A7 you can play Eb7. the 3rd is a B and the 7th is an F.asp (1 of 2)07. And this is the key to the flat five substitution: The tritone in the Db7 is the same as the tritone in a G7.part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 The Flat Five Substitution . If we go up one diminished fifth from G (six half steps).Music Theory for Guitar . and the chord would be some kind of a sixth chord. it would be an augmented fourth.

2005 04:05:11 . G and Db. These notes constitute an Eb7 without root.Part 4 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 2 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. For more on tritones and the diminished chord.net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (2 of 2)07. The tritone is the interval between G and C#. G and C#.part 1 string – this is at least how I prefer to play this change.Music Theory for Guitar . If we move up to the 6th fret on the 6th string. What we really have is a Gdim. The black notes constitute the tritone.The Flat Five Substitution .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-01. to show the relation.01. we get the notes Bb.torvund. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . In the shape to the right. It would be more precise to say the the notes Bb. and we have to keep these notes in both chords. which is an A7 without the fifth. so we will not hear the difference. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. It is not really an Eb7 when there is no root note (Eb) in the chord. and keep the tritone. we get the notes A. I have combined the two. G and Db function as an Eb7. In the next part we will apply this flat five substitution to introduce some passing chords in the 12-bar progression. Db is enharmonic with C#. When we play at 5th fret on the 6th string.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .

Music Theory for Guitar - The Flat Five Substitution - part 2

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

The Flat Five Substitution - part 2
The Flat Five Substitution Part 1 The Flat Five Substitution Part 3

As said in part 1, now we will use the flat five substitution to introduce some passing chords in the 12-bar blues. No new chord shapes are used, only new positions.
Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Recommended Books etc on Music Theory

Go here for links to other Music Theory sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-02.asp (1 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:13

Music Theory for Guitar - The Flat Five Substitution - part 2

PDF-File If you know your music theory, and read standard notation, you should notice that the notation for the Eb7 chord is not correct in all bars where this chord occurs. In the first example below, it is written as Bb-G-C#, which is not correct. The correct spelling, as in the second example, is Bb-G-Db. But I want to make clear, also in the notation, that we have the same tritone – G - C#/Db – in both chords. I had to make a compromise. I prefer to illustrate, also in the notation, that it is the same notes, even if they might change their names. In the second example, we do not keep the tritone as the chord change, so then there was no reason not to write it correctly.

The Ab7 is not correctly written either. It is written as the first example to the right, with the notes AbF#-C. It should be no F# in a Ab7, it should be written as the enharmonic Gb, and the notes should be written as in the correct example to the far right: Ab-Gb-C. But again I prefer to illustrate that the note does not change from D7 to Ab7, even though it change name.

You do have to use the flat five substitution for passing chords only, as we will see in part three.

For more on tritones and the diminished chord, go to:
q q

q

q

Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords:

Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords

q q

q

Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change

q

q

q

q

q

Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-02.asp (2 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:13

Music Theory for Guitar - The Flat Five Substitution - part 2

12-bar blues
q

q

q

q

Classic Lesson: 1 - BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues

q

q

q

Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4

q

q

q

Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord - Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution

The Flat Five Substitution Part 1 Further references

The Flat Five Substitution Part 3

GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-02.asp (3 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:13

Music Theory for Guitar - The Flat Five Substitution - part 3

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

The Flat Five Substitution - part 3
The Flat Five Substitution Part 2 The Flat Five Substitution Part 4

As said in part 1, now we will use the flat five substitution to introduce some passing chords in the 12-bar blues. No new chord shapes are used, only new positions.
Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Recommended Books etc on Music Theory

Go here for links to other Music Theory sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-03.asp (1 of 2)07.01.2005 04:05:15

Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .net I appreciate comments http://www. For more on tritones and the diminished chord.01.asp (2 of 2)07.Music Theory for Guitar . and not composed to make exciting music.2005 04:05:15 .torvund. We have to do the same in another key. to make sure that you will be able to play in all keys.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle The Flat Five Substitution Part 2 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 4 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.part 3 PDF-File Once again I will remind you that these examples are designed to illustrate how you can apply these chords.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-03.The Flat Five Substitution . You will find that in part 4. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . You have to take it from here and experiment with your own variations.

01.part 4 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 The Flat Five Substitution . but this time it is in D-major. If you learn to play these progressions in A and D.asp (1 of 3)07.The Flat Five Substitution . you should be able to play in any key. give me your vote: Recommended Books etc on Music Theory Go here for links to other Music Theory sites http://www.2005 04:05:18 . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-04. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Music Theory for Guitar .part 4 The Flat Five Substitution Part 3 The Flat Five Substitution Part 5 This is basically the same 12-bar blues variation as in part 3.

If you would have preferred other labels. even though the names are changing. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . two chords are not correctly written in the standard notation. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .torvund.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution The Flat Five Substitution Part 3 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 5 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.The Flat Five Substitution . But then it is an augmented fourth.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . I am not going to discuss the choices. and not a diminshed (flatted) fifth above the G.2005 04:05:18 . but is written as Ab-F#-C The Eb7 should be written Bb-Db-Eb. Again the reason is that it would be more difficult to see that we are playing the same notes. and D#7 instead of Eb7. Also in this example.01. One could also discuss how the chords should be labeled. I have put it in because I think it fits well into the flow of chords. I am just sticking to the golden rule of music: If it sounds right.asp (2 of 3)07. I have chosen C#7 and not Db7. This is the C7 in bar 5. just say that I have made a choice that can be discussed. your choice would be as "correct" as mine. I have noe explanation why a C7 should work in this context.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-04. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . The version of Ab7 that is used should be written as Ab-Gb-C.Music Theory for Guitar . it is right.part 4 PDF-File I have included one chord that is neither a primary chord or a flat five substitution for any of those. For more on tritones and the diminished chord. One could also argue that it would be more corret to use G#7 instead of Ab7. but is written Bb-C#-Eb. because C# is a note that belongs to the A-major scale.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .

Music Theory for Guitar .2005 04:05:18 .01.The Flat Five Substitution .asp (3 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-04.net I appreciate comments http://www.part 4 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.torvund.

The tritone in these two chords are C#–G and G–Db.asp (1 of 3)07. give me your vote: Tritone on 3rd and 4th fret Recommended Books etc on Music Theory A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 3 fr 3 fr 3 fr 3 fr Go here for links to other Music Theory sites A7 (C#dim) Tritone on 9th and 10th fret Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 7 fr 7 fr 8 fr 8 fr http://www. First you need to know where you find the tritone on you guitar. and then at 9th fret at 6th and 10th fret on the 5th string.The Flat Five Substitution .Music Theory for Guitar . As this tritone is on the two bottom strings. The dominant7 chord without the root is really a dim chord that function as a dominant7. meaning that we still get a tritone if the interval is inverted). We have removed either the 5th or the root from the chords. and the the tritone is symetric. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter I use the A7 as the basis in all examples.2005 04:05:21 . If you like the site. we have to vary the notes in the treble.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-05. But the positions are moveable. I will remind you that the C# and Db are enharmonic. I remind you that these chords are not full 7th chords. These are the five basic tritone positions: Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.part 5 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 The Flat Five Substitution . with the Eb7 as the flat five substitution chord.part 5 The Flat Five Substitution Part 4 The Flat Five Substitution Part 6 Before closing. a C#dim may function as an A7. and not the bass-note. Retailers: Tritone on 6th and 5th string We can start by building 3-note 7th chords around the tritone on the 6th and 5th string. you should have a little bit more to play with. Before going on. as we did in the examples so far.torvund. We find the tritone in two positions: 3rd fret on 6th string and 4th on 5th. In our context. (The distance from C# to G is the same as the distance from G to C#. and Gdim may function as Eb7.01.

This equals 6 frets. http://www. and to get the Eb7 without root we add a Bb (fifth).asp (2 of 3)07.Music Theory for Guitar . Still using the same chords in our example.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-05. Notice that it is a tritone (flat fifth) between the two tritone intervals. To get the A7 without fifth.The Flat Five Substitution .2005 04:05:21 .part 5 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 (C#dim) Eb7 9 fr 9 fr 9 fr 9 fr A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 (C#dim) Eb7 Tritone on 5th and 4th string Now we move our tritone to the 5th and 4th string. I will remind you to see which notes we are adding to the tritone to get these chords. we find the frist tritone at 5th string 4th fret (C#/Db) and 4th string 5th fret (G). To get an A7 without root we add an E (the fifth). The next tritone is at 5th string 10th fret (G) and 4th string 11th fret (C#/Db). we add an A (the root). To get the Eb7 without fifth we add an Eb (root). Tritone on 4th and 5th fret 4 fr 4 fr 2 fr 2 fr A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 4 fr 4 fr 4 fr 4 fr A7 (C#dim) Tritone on 10th and 11th fret Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 10 fr 10 fr 8 fr 8 fr Eb7 A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 (C#dim) 10 fr 10 fr 10 fr 10 fr A7 Eb7 (Gdim) Eb7 A7 (C#dim) Before we continue.torvund.01. This also means that you can get a flat five substitution by moving any of these chords up or down six frets.

asp (3 of 3)07.part 5 For chords with the next tritones.2005 04:05:21 . go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .The Flat Five Substitution . go to part 6. For more on tritones and the diminished chord.Music Theory for Guitar .net I appreciate comments http://www.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-05.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle The Flat Five Substitution Part 4 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 6 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.

The dominant7 chord without the root is really a dim chord that function as a dominant7. there are a few more chords than the ones we have covered so far.asp (1 of 3)07. We have removed either the 5th or the root from the chords.Music Theory for Guitar . a C#dim may function as an A7. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Now we are back to where we started: Chords with the tritones on the 4th and 3rd strings. we find the tritone in two positions: 5th fret on 4th string and 6th on 3rd. Still in A7 / Eb7. and Gdim may function as Eb7.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-06. In our context.The Flat Five Substitution .01.torvund. and then at 11th fret at 4th and 12th fret on the 3rd string. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Tritone on 4th and 3rd string New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Tritone on 5th and 6th fret 5 fr 5 fr 5 fr 5 fr Retailers: A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 (C#dim) Eb7 4 fr 4 fr 5 fr 5 fr If you like the site.part 6 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 The Flat Five Substitution .part 6 The Flat Five Substitution Part 5 The Flat Five Substitution Part 7 I remind you that these chords are not full 7th chords. give me your vote: A7 (C#dim) Tritone on 11th and 12th fret Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 11 fr 11 fr 11 fr 11 fr Recommended Books etc on Music Theory A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 10 fr Go here for links to other Music Theory sites A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 10 fr 11 fr 11 fr A7 (C#dim) Eb7 Tritone on 3rd and 2nd string http://www. But as you will see.2005 04:05:25 .

torvund. But as chords with open strings are not moveable.part 6 As the inteval between the 3rd and 2nd string is a major third. go to part 7. we can also go down one octave. the first tritone is on 3rd string 6th fret and 2nd string 8th fret.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. the shape here is different. When reaching 12th fret.The Flat Five Substitution .01. and we have the tritone on open 3rd string and 2nd string 2nd fret.2005 04:05:25 . and some other tritone shapes. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . With the chosen chords. For more on tritones and the diminished chord.asp (2 of 3)07. and not a perfect fourht.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle http://www.Music Theory for Guitar . we stick to the 12/14th fret. as it is between the other strings.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-06. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . Tritone on 5th and 6th fret 5 fr 5 fr 6 fr 6 fr A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 (C#dim) Eb7 6 fr 6 fr 5 fr 5 fr A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 Eb7 (Gdim) Tritone on 12th and 14th fret 11 fr 11 fr 12 fr 12 fr A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 12 fr 12 fr 11 fr 11 fr A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 (C#dim) Eb7 For chords with tritones on string 2 and 1. and the second on 3rd string 12th fret and 2nd string 14th fret.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-06.asp (3 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:25 .net I appreciate comments http://www.torvund.Music Theory for Guitar .The Flat Five Substitution .part 6 The Flat Five Substitution Part 5 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 7 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.

part 7 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 The Flat Five Substitution . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter This is the last tritone on adjacent strings.2005 04:05:32 . we end at 2nd string 14th fret and 1st string 15th fret. When reaching 12th fret. If we go one octave up from the first. But first we have to look at the tritone on 2nd and 1st string.Music Theory for Guitar . We find the first tritone on 2nd sting 2nd fret and 1st string 3rd fret. as you get some hard stretches. and the last we will build chord around in this lesson.asp (1 of 3)07. Tritone on 2nd and 3rd fret Retailers: A7 (C#dim) A7 Eb7 (Gdim) If you like the site. But as chords with open strings are not moveable. we stick to the 12/14th fret.. and we will end the lesson by showing a few of them. 6 fr 6 fr 7 fr 7 fr http://www. and the second on 3rd string 12th fret and 2nd string 14th fret.The Flat Five Substitution .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-07.torvund.01.part 7 The Flat Five Substitution Part 6 Add the m7 chord Part 1 Tritone on 2nd and 1st string Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. you will find that this combination of strings are a bit hard to play for these chords. But there are more tritones. the first tritone is on 3rd string 6th fret and 2nd string 8th fret. With the chosen chords. The next is on 2nd string 8th fret and 1st string 9th fret. and we have the tritone on open 3rd string and 2nd string 2nd fret. we can also go down one octave. give me your vote: Eb7 Tritone on 8th and 9th fret Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 5 fr 5 fr 8 fr 12 fr Recommended Books etc on Music Theory A7 Go here for links to other Music Theory sites Eb7 (Gdim) A7 (C#dim) Eb7 If you try the chords above.

2005 04:05:32 .asp (2 of 3)07.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.part 7 A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 8 fr 8 fr A7 (C#dim) Tritone on 14th and 15th fret Eb7 11 fr 11 fr 12 fr 12 fr A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 (C#dim) Eb7 There are of course more chords that can be played with tritone on 14th and 15th fret. Remember that you can substitute both ways: A7 can be substituted by Eb7.01. But this will not be before next month and next newsletter.Music Theory for Guitar .The Flat Five Substitution . For more on tritones and the diminished chord.torvund. C7 / Edim F#/Gb7 / Bbdim C#/Db7 / Fdim G7 / Bdim D7 / F#dim Ab7 / Cdim Eb7 / Gdim A7 / C#dim E7 / G#/Abdim Bb7 / Ddim F7 / Adim B7 / D#/Ebdim Now we will leave tritones for a while. You should be able to figure out which chords can be substituted by which by now. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . and Eb7 by A7. The others are tritone +octave. We will put in some m7 chords. There are a few other tritones you can play on the guitar. The chords in each column can substitute each other. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . The first is a real tritone.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song http://www. but these are the four where we partly used open strings on the lower position.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-07. but I list them just to be sure. But we will not leave the 12-bar blues and three-note chords yet.

asp (3 of 3)07.01.The Flat Five Substitution .torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.part 7 Michelle The Flat Five Substitution Part 6 Further references Add the m7 chord Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:05:32 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-07.Music Theory for Guitar .

Part 1 The Flat Five Substitution Part 7 The Minor 7th Chord Part 2 It is recommended that you start with the lesson 12-bars.Part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . and the C6 is the same as Am7 in first inversion. But a very important difference is that there is no tritone in the minor7 chord. and we will use the Cm7 chord. If you like the site. and the chord will loose it's identity as an A-type chord. it will not the character of major chord. It does not call for a resolution in the same way as a dominant 7. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. As you see. or A-G-C. if you have not been through it already. it would be the 1-5-6 of a C6. It is really a C-chord.2005 04:05:35 . go to: q q Theory: Seventh Chords Chords: 7th chord q Chords: A Chord Exercise – dominant 7th chord dim7 7b5 q Progressions: V7-I change 7th Chord types: (dominant) 7th maj7 m7 mM7 (m (maj7) 7#5 The Flat Five Substitution Part 7 The Minor 7th Chord Part 2 http://www. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter If we compare the minor7 with the dominant 7 one difference is of course that the minor7 is a minor chord. and they are both three-note fingerings with one note omitted. Here the 5th is omitted.01. give me your vote: m7 .Blues Guitar .torvund. The first has the notes 1-b7-b3. We will once again be in the key of Bb. But it is still a useful chord. which does not change the identity or the charachter of the m7 chord. if we stick to Am7.5-b3-7 voicing (Major 3-1-5) Am7 (C) when played at 10th fret In Part 2 of this lesson. and the dominant 7 is a major chord.Lesson. we have the notes E-C-G. These chords can substitute each other.asp (1 of 2)07. which is the ii-chord of Bb. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz before this lesson. they both have the same notes. Retailers: In the second shape. You should know a little bit about the relation between the 6-chord and it's relative m7 chord. we will start with a variation of the 12-bar blues we used in part 1 of the Three Note Chord . and it has the notes C-E-G-A. and the flat five substitution does not apply. The Am7 in root position is the same as C6 in third inversion. which has the notes A-C-E-G. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites For more on 7th chords in general. We will use two m7 chord shapes.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-1. The relative m7 to C6 is Am7.the m7 chord .1-7-b3 voicing Am7 when played at 5th fret m7 . As the 3rd is omitted. and get the notes C-G-A. A C6 is the C with an added 6th. Here the root is omitted. But if we invert the chord.

torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-1.2005 04:05:35 .Part 1 Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.the m7 chord .net I appreciate comments http://www.01.asp (2 of 2)07.Blues Guitar .

Part 2 The Minor 7th Chord Part 1 The Minor 7th Chord Part 3 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.torvund.asp (1 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-2.2005 04:05:38 .the m7 chord .Part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .Blues Guitar . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.01. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites PDF-File http://www.

Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution The Minor 7th Chord Part 1 Further references The Minor 7th Chord Part 3 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. Rhythm/backup.the m7 chord .Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. go to: q q Theory: Seventh Chords Chords: 7th chord q Chords: A Chord Exercise – dominant 7th chord dim7 7b5 q Progressions: V7-I change 7th Chord types: (dominant) 7th maj7 m7 mM7 (m(maj7) 7#5 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . I have also intrduced a VI7 chord (G7 when we are in the key of Bb) in bar 8. and we will then land on the I7 (root) chord in bar 11. (Does anyone out there have a good answer to this?) Jim Ferguson . But he does not explain why he use it.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. What we then get is the ii-V-I progression. we are almost modulating to C-minor. it would have been the V7-i chords of this key.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-2. which will create a ii7-V7-I7 when it resolves at the first bar of the next verse.2005 04:05:38 . By playing these chord. 92 pages. Unless jazz is you main interest. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 In part 3 we will play the same progression in Eb. Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) For more on 7th chords in general. Book/CD package.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues.asp (2 of 3)07. who use it a lot in his book All Blues For Jazz Guitar. to use the other chord positions. rather than modulating to it. we will play ii7-V7. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. I have stolen the chord and it's function in this progression form Jim Ferguson.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12-bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. which is most important. we will again play ii7-V7. By Jim Ferguson.torvund. If we should put these chords in the context of C-minor. we are only hinting at the key C-minor. (There are many other chords as well).Blues Guitar . I have difficulties explaining the function of the VI7 chord in the context of the home key. In the last bar of the turnaround. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues. and the second half of bar 11. But it works. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords.Part 2 Instead of playing V7-IV7 in bars 9 and 10.01. But as we do not let this key get time to settle. . and I have not been able to figure it out myself.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.

torvund.01.Part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-2.net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar .2005 04:05:38 .the m7 chord .asp (3 of 3)07.

but now we are playing in Eb.2005 04:05:42 . you should be able to play it in any key. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.Blues Guitar .01. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.asp (1 of 2)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-3.Part 3 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.torvund. When you have learned this progression in Bb and Eb.Part 3 The Minor 7th Chord Part 2 The Minor 7th Chord Part 4 This is the same progression as in part 2.the m7 chord .

01.asp (2 of 2)07.torvund.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-3.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution The Minor 7th Chord Part 2 Further references The Minor 7th Chord Part 4 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.the m7 chord .2005 04:05:42 .BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12-bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. go to: q q Theory: Seventh Chords Chords: 7th chord q Chords: A Chord Exercise – dominant 7th chord dim7 7b5 q Progressions: V7-I change 7th Chord types: (dominant) 7th maj7 m7 mM7 (m(maj7) 7#5 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . For more on 7th chords in general. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .net I appreciate comments http://www.Part 3 PDF-File In part 4 we will re-introduce all the added chords based on Flat Five Substitution. and combine them the m7 chord and the basic progression introduced in this lesson.

Go to this lesson if you think we are going into too unfamiliar territory.torvund.01.Part 4 The Minor 7th Chord Part 3 Turnaround .asp (1 of 3)07. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Part 3.Part 4 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Lesson 1 Part 1 Here we are developing further the progression we used in the Flat Five Substitution Lesson .2005 04:05:44 .the m7 chord .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-4.Blues Guitar .

Again it is a kind of information you do not really have to worry about. The reason is that we are comming from a Eb7. we come from a Bb7 that has the note Ab in it. The E7 does not have Ab. I have chosen to notate the enharmonic Db instead of C#. despite that it will give an incorrect notation of the E7 chord. so here I have used a correct spelling of the E7 chord. go to: q q Theory: Seventh Chords Chords: 7th chord q Chords: A Chord Exercise – dominant 7th chord dim7 7b5 q Progressions: V7-I change 7th Chord types: (dominant) 7th maj7 m7 mM7 (m(maj7) 7#5 12-bar blues http://www. and I want those of you who might be interested (if any) to know why I sometimes deviate from this principle. has a Eb in it. you may recall that I discussed the notation of the chords. when playing the chords Eb7-A7. and not B-A-Eb. but the enharmonic G#. and we have to make a compromize between a correct notation and a notation that shows the voice leading. It is only a matter if you read the standard notation. which would be some kind of A. the various spelling of notes do not make any difference. The Db is some kind of a 4th.the m7 chord . The C-type note here is a C#. and to make clear that this note is not moving. In the first example. so the chord is notated as 1-7-b4 instead of the correct 1-7-3. By spelling the bass note Cb instead of B. the F7. But again I prefer to keep the Ab to make clear that the note is note moving. the movement in the bass would have been clearer. In tablature. as in bars 2 and 5. which has the Db.Part 2. One could argue that it should have been spelled as the enharmonic chord Fb7 instead of E7. In Fb7 the correct spelling would have been Ebb. so I prefer to use this label and basic spelling. Again the reason is that the chord we come from. the spelling of the B7 in bar 10 should have been B-A-D#. For more on 7th chords in general. In bar 9 (second example).2005 04:05:44 . and not a third. this is not an issue. 7 and 3 note.We are running into the same problem here. But I want to use correct note spelling. But I do not think many guitar players easily can relate to the Fb7 chord and the note Ebb. we do not have this kind of problem. We have the same kind of problem with the E7 chord. In bar 6. In bar 4. E7 is familar territory.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-4. G and C.asp (2 of 3)07.Blues Guitar .01. the reason is that we are going to the Bb7 with a Ab in the next bar. where the first example is taken from.torvund. In the next example.Part 4 PDF-File If you have been through the Flat Five Substitution Lesson . Finally. and I guess that the majority of you readers out there would not notice the difference. so there I have preferred the correct spelling. I keep the Db spelling. But then we would have had trouble with the D on top. it just formally change it's name. The A7 in a 1-7-3 voicing should be notated with some kind of a 1.

asp (3 of 3)07.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.the m7 chord .torvund.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12-bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .2005 04:05:44 .Part 4 q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .Lesson 1 Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-4.net I appreciate comments http://www. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .01.Blues Guitar .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution The Minor 7th Chord Part 3 Further references Turnaround .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .

give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites The next is arpeggiated chords.torvund.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround .Lesson 1. and we were very proud when we had learned to play it.Lesson 1. If you like the site. part 2 Turnaround .asp (1 of 4)07.Lesson 1 Part 3 As I said in the introduction to part 1. The first one is some simple rhythmic variations. In those days. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-2.Lesson 1 Part 1 Turnaround . these chords can be the basis for many turnaround licks. we thought that this was the turnaround. http://www. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: The next example is the first turnaround I learned.01. I will give you a few examples og licks that are all based on the sequence of diminished chords.2005 04:05:47 .

Lesson 1.asp (2 of 4)07. The next is arpeggiated chords. part 2 The next two are some variations that it should not be necessary to comment. it turns into a dim7 chord.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-2.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .torvund.2005 04:05:47 .01. http://www. When adding this E. The last one is interesting because we open the first string when playing the Gdim chord.

Series: Hal Leonard . guitar chord diagrams and guitar notation legend. Blues rock and adult contemporary. vocal melody. solos etc. Performed by Eric Clapton. is Eric Claptons unplugged version of Before You Accuse Me. part 2 One good example on how these chords can be used in turarnounds. lyrics. fill-ins. lyrics. For guitar and voice. Published by Hal Leonard. 72 pages.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar . Order from: SheetmusicPlus From MusicRoom Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .Lesson 1 Part 1 Further references Turnaround .Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 Turnaround .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-2. Acoustic Rock. With standard guitar notation. Performed by Eric Clapton. chord names. For guitar. Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Signature Licks.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . guitar chord diagrams.01. With standard guitar notation.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . 9x12 inches.2005 04:05:47 . Transcribed by Jesse Gress. 112 pages. Blues rock and adult contemporary.. written by Wolf Marshall. See more info. Includes instructional book and examples CD. Bestseller! introductory text. ToC No HL695250 Review: Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Acoustic Rock. instructional text and performance notes. chord names. 9x12 inches.Lesson 1. Series: Hal Leonard Guitar Recorded Versions.the turnaround chord Blues Guitar .torvund.Lesson 1 Part 3 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www. guitar tablature.. (HL694869) See more info. Published by Hal Leonard.asp (3 of 4)07. Format: guitar tablature songbook. vocal melody... guitar notation legend. guitar tablature.

01.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .asp (4 of 4)07.net I appreciate comments http://www. part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Lesson 1.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-2.2005 04:05:47 .torvund.

Size 9x12 inches. Bestseller! Published by Hal Leonard.Signature Licks A Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Legendary Guitarist's Style and Technique. part 3 Turnaround .asp (1 of 4)07. Signature Licks (Authentic guitar transcriptions in notes and tab). which is a substantial number for a blues re-issue.G#dim .E sequence up five frets (a fourth). The record has sold more than 500. we go to A-major.torvund.01. and the chords will be A .Lesson 1 Part 2 Turnaround . Book and CD package. Performed by Robert Johnson. and can be used in any key.Lesson 1.Lesson 1.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-3..) Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Robert Johnson .C#dim . CD374890 More information Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK http://www. Chosen as Book of the Month December 2002. By Dave Rubin. but it is still nothing more than a plan for a future lesson. (For a long time it has been my intent to discuss Kindhearted Woman a little more in depth..A. ToC No HL695264 Review: Robert Johnson: The Complete Recordings There are several collections of Robert Johnson's songs. With notes and tablature.000.Lesson 2 Part 1 These chord postiotions are all moveable. part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround .Gdim F#dim .Blues Guitar – Turnaround . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. give me your vote: Listen to the opening ant the break in Robert Johnson's tune Kindhearted Woman for an example on how these chords can be used in A-major. but I see no reason not to get this double CD set with his total output of 41 recordings (incl alternate takes).Cdim Bdim . 64 pages. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter A C#dim Cdim Bdim Retailers: If you like the site. If we move the E . See more info.2005 04:05:54 .

First we will move to the strings 4. part 2 Order from: Robert Johnson . 3 and 2.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-3.The New Transcriptions SheetmusicPlus Since this is published by the same publisher as the previous. and you have to experiment with how you can make various turnarounds based on these chords. I will introduce some other chord positions.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .asp (2 of 4)07. where you have to play a few open strings. D F#dim Fdim Edim Move it down two frets.2005 04:05:54 . Why else should they publish new transcriptions? But I don't have the book.F#dim . it might have revised and more accurate transcriptions. and go to they key D-major.Edim . and you are in C-major. Bestseller! More information ToC No HL690271 Review: In the next part of this lesson.D.01.torvund. The chords will then be D . we will discuss a few other positions for the same chords. In this part 2. so I do not know. C Edim Ebdim Ddim http://www.Fdim .Lesson 1. It is the most expensive of the books.

C7 . The chords A .. part 2 You can of course move this up one fret to Eb.G#dim7 . http://www.) If you prefer D .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-3.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . the turnaround does not sound too good so deep down in the bass.D7. and you should be able to figure out the rest.Ddim7 . the chords will be: And the D . Come back in a few days . and make your own judgement. To me.G#7 .G7 . The fingering will be the same. just on the adjacent set of strings.G#dim . where again you have to play some open strings.E for the key E-major. we can for instance play in A.F#dim . two frets to E. etc. instead of going down.G#dim .2005 04:05:54 . 4 and 3. A C#dim Cdim Bdim Go down two frets. But try it.D#dim7 .01.D will be: On the strings 5.asp (3 of 4)07.Lesson 1.Adim7 .A#dim7 .A will be: And the chords A .torvund.A will be: You can move this across to the three bottom strings.. I'll give you the chords E . and you are in G-major.D7 .A7 .C#dim7 .C#7 . (Some work still need to be done here.

See more info.Lesson 1. Published by Mel Bay Pub. McCabe's 101 Series.Lesson 2 Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Order from: Blues Turnarounds SheetmusicPlus A Compendium of Patterns & Phrases for Guitar. 40 pages. Level: Multiple Levels. so I guess it will be worth having. Dave Rubin has just published a book on Blues Turnarounds. By Dave Rubin and MusicRoom Rusty Zinn. and cannot wait.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . See more info. Book/CD package.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 Turnaround . Size 8. 48 pages.75x11. I have not yet seen the book. I will get myself a copy of the book.75.. With notes and tablature.torvund. ToC No MB95360BCD Review: More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .01.net I appreciate comments http://www. ToC No HL695602 Review: Order from: Larry McCabe ..net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-3. Book and CD package. Published by Hal Leonard.. Guitar Educational. Size 9x12 inches. If you want more. I will continue the discussion on blues turnarounds in about a month. and cannot make any further commnets on it.101 Blues Guitar Turnaround Licks SheetmusicPlus For electric guitar..asp (4 of 4)07. But I have yet to see a book from Dave Rubin that is not good. Inc.the turnaround chord Blues Guitar . Licks and phrases.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .Lesson 1 Part 2 Further references Turnaround . part 2 This is so far we will get now. Blues.2005 04:05:54 .Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar ..

other lines get too dull. part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround . is to play one line at the time. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. If you like the site. and make up your own mind. But you should try and listen to all of them. Some lines can work as a turnaround without any other notes. part 1 Turnaround . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites The next is the second line: http://www.asp (1 of 3)07. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: What we will do then.Lesson 2 Part 2 In this lesson we will take a closer look a the lines in the chords we covered in the last lessons.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-1.01. we will repeat the basic chord sequence in E. The first is the top line.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .torvund. These movements between chords are called voice leading. and listen how these notes work in isolation.Lesson 1 Part 3 Turnaround .2005 04:05:56 .Lesson 2.Lesson 2. Before we start.

part 1 It should be no surprise that the next one is the third line: If you worked through the previous lesson.Lesson 2.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .01. and one with ordinary 7 chords. The dim7 line will be: And the 7 line will be: http://www.torvund.asp (2 of 3)07.2005 04:05:56 . you should also remember that we added two variations or a fourth line.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-1. one based on dim7 chords.

2005 04:05:56 . part 1 We will develop some of these lines a bit further in part 2.Lesson 2 Part 2 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-1.asp (3 of 3)07.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar .torvund.Lesson 1 Part 3 Further references Turnaround . More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .the turnaround chord Blues Guitar .Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 Turnaround .Blues Guitar – Turnaround .net I appreciate comments http://www.Lesson 2.

and move line 2 down one octave. we will find the same line. Now it starts to sound like a real turnaround again.Lesson 2.01. part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround .Lesson 2. give me your vote: If we change key to A. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites If we go back to E. you get at turnaround that is very typical of Robert Johnson.2005 04:06:04 . and take another look at the chord sequence covered in Blues Guitar . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Retailers: If you like the site.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . part 2 Turnaround . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Then we go to line 2.Lesson 3 Part 1 Be can now break the notes up into triplets.asp (1 of 3)07. and play line 1 against the root played on 4th string.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-2.torvund.Lesson 2 Part 1 Turnaround .Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence. and play it against the root on the open 1st string. But now the line is harmonized: http://www.

The CDs contain three full hours of instruction featuring note-by-note. If you should wonder if you could substitute the Am minor in the E-sequence with it's relative major C.asp (2 of 3)07. Woody Mann explores the ideas. Includes 3 CD's. which is also a "harmonized line 2". By Dave Rubin and MusicRoom Rusty Zinn.. and transpose to C.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . But I will not discuss their playing styles in this lessons. SG98508BCD See more info.torvund. and styles of this legendary musician who has influenced generations of guitarists. which is Ab. part 2 If you listen to the playing of Big Bill Broonzy and Blind Blake. But you have to try it out for yourself. 40 pages. Worryin' You Off My Mind. See more info. Written in standard notation and tablature. With notes and tablature..Lesson 2. ToC No HL695602 Review: Woody Mann: Guitar of Big Bill Broonzy Order from: SheetmusicPlus In this comprehensive new audio lesson. In the next turnaround lesson. phrase-by-phrase instruction. and Saturday Night Rub. Then the sequence will be: Big Bill Broonzy and Blind Blake played a highly syncopated rhythm. Selections include: House Rent Stomp. If we use the same sequence as above. Book and CD package. Hey. Size 9x12 inches. You do not get their sound just by playing the chords.2005 04:06:04 . you can often hear them playing a turnaround in C. Moppin' Blues. Brownskin Shuffle. we will look more at some turnaround licks. Guitar Educational. it would be: But they will usually play the relative major to the Fm chord.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-2. techniques. Order from: Blues Turnarounds SheetmusicPlus A Compendium of Patterns & Phrases for Guitar.. Published by Hal Leonard.01. Hey. http://www. Stove Pipe Stomp.. the answer is yes.

Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop.Lesson 2.torvund.75x11.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 Turnaround . Grossman Audio.75. Size 8. Book/CD package.the turnaround chord Blues Guitar . Level: Intermediate.net I appreciate comments http://www.. More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .Lesson 3 Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . 26 pages. Licks and SheetmusicPlus phrases. (SG98507BCD) See more info. Blues.2005 04:06:04 . For fingerpick guitar.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar . part 2 Order from: Guitar of Blind Blake taught by Woody Mann.Lesson 2 Part 1 Further references Turnaround ..net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-2.asp (3 of 3)07.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .

asp (1 of 4)07. part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround . One example is this: Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.2005 04:06:08 .01.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Or the other way: Retailers: If you like the site.Lesson 3 Part 1 One way to make variations.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_3-2. give me your vote: But from here it is better to think of turaround licks based on the blues scale. But the next one is not right on the point.Lesson 3. is to combine elements from various turnarounds. rater than on chord sequences. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites There are many ways you can vary these small scale based run. part 2 . http://www.Turnaround Licks Turnaround .Lesson 3.

torvund. part 2 and I will explain why.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . to get home on time. they will usually not work as well. In my opinion.2005 04:06:08 . Another approach is to break the sequence by adding an extra note. We should not end on the E before the first beat in the last bar. in this case a D. In the example above.01. like this: Or it can be the first note on the last beat: I am not saying that it is wrong if you make one of the other notes longer. One simple way is to slow the lick down by making one note longer. like this: http://www. It could be the first note on the third beat. We have to add something.Lesson 3. You can go to the 7th below the root. And you decide what is right for you.asp (2 of 4)07. But usually is not always.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_3-2. we simply came home a little bit too early.

40 pages.the turnaround chord Blues Guitar ..Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar .Lesson 3. There are of course many other turnarounds.101 Blues Guitar Turnaround Licks SheetmusicPlus For electric guitar.2005 04:06:08 . Book and CD package.01. McCabe's 101 Series. But this should give you something to work from. With notes and tablature.. See more info. both in the key of E and in other keys. ToC No MB95360BCD Review: More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .asp (3 of 4)07. I will from time to time upload more turnarounds in various keys. Size 9x12 inches.75x11. Book/CD package. Published by Hal Leonard. Published by Mel Bay Pub. If you subscribe to my newsletter.. Order from: Blues Turnarounds SheetmusicPlus A Compendium of Patterns & Phrases for Guitar. part 2 Another possibility is to add the flat five . ToC No HL695602 Review: Order from: Larry McCabe .. 48 pages. Blues.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 http://www. Size 8.75.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .torvund. Guitar Educational.the note that distinguish the blues scale from the minor pentatonic scale: This concludes the mini-series on blues turnarounds..net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_3-2. See more info. Inc. Level: Multiple Levels. By Dave Rubin and MusicRoom Rusty Zinn. you will be among the first to know when there are new turnarounds around. Licks and phrases.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .

Blues Guitar – Turnaround .Lesson 3.net I appreciate comments http://www.Lesson 3 Part 1 Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. part 2 Turnaround .torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_3-2.2005 04:06:08 .01.asp (4 of 4)07.

You can get some clues from the MIDI file."Spanish" http://www. Open D q q Roll and Tumble Blues.2005 04:06:11 .asp (1 of 2)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/ROLL&T-G. Open G This is one of the classic slide themes. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. So you should listen to the MP3 file as well.01. Open G q Books and videos on bottleneck/ slide guitar Open G/A tuning . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Blues Guitar Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Roll and Tumble Blues. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites PDF-File Bottleneck/Slide Guitar q Dust My Blues.torvund. this time played in Open G tuning. Open G Walking Black Mama. All the fretted notes are played with the slide. But a MIDI file like this can never give you the subtleties of slide guitar playing.

asp (2 of 2)07.2005 04:06:11 .torvund.Blues Guitar q q Main Chords in Open G / A tuning q q The Minor Pentatonic Scale Blues Guitar/Slide – Roll and Tumble Blues q q Songs in Open-G Songs in Open-A Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/ROLL&T-G.net I appreciate comments http://www.

Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Robert Johnson's learned this theme from Son House. 6 and 10. It is played in bar 9.torvund. I have made a simplified version of the theme.Walking Black Mama This is one of the classic blues slide themes in Open-G tuning. The next lick is played in bars 5.2005 04:06:12 .01.Blues Guitar . Here is the complete 12-bar version http://www. and the first of the two bars is also played in bars 11 and 12. If I write the whole verse so that you can view it on screen. These two bars are played in bars 7 and 8. It is built from three basic licks. Retailers: I have written two bars with two variations of the third lick. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites I said three licks.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/WalkingBlackMama. I hope this will make it a bit easier. and then the whole verse. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The first lick is played through the first four bars. But this is really the same as the second. Son House's used it in My Black Mama and Preachin' the Blues. so you might wonder why i write out a fourth one. So I have written the basic licks. But the most famous version is probably Robert Johnson'sWalkin' Blues. it might be reduced to a size that is a bit hard to read.Walking Black Mama Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . The main point is to get a driving rhythm. only moved two frets up.asp (1 of 3)07.

2005 04:06:12 .Walking Black Mama I am sure it is possible to get something that at least resembles slides in a MIDI file."Spanish" q q Main Chords in Open G / A tuning q q The Minor Pentatonic Scale Blues Guitar/Slide – Roll and Tumble Blues q q Songs in Open-G Songs in Open-A Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www.torvund. PDF-File Bottleneck/Slide Guitar q Dust My Blues.01.it is actually far from right. Open G Walking Black Mama. Open D q q Roll and Tumble Blues. But you have to know MIDI better than I do if you want to do that.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/WalkingBlackMama.Blues Guitar . So the MIDI file does not sound right .asp (2 of 3)07. Open G q Books and videos on bottleneck/slide guitar Open G/A tuning .

Blues Guitar .asp (3 of 3)07.2005 04:06:12 .net I appreciate comments http://www.01.Walking Black Mama Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/WalkingBlackMama.

You're Reading a Free Preview

Download
scribd
/*********** DO NOT ALTER ANYTHING BELOW THIS LINE ! ************/ var s_code=s.t();if(s_code)document.write(s_code)//-->